HomeMy WebLinkAbout11 - Approval of a PA for Pierce Manufacturing Fire Apparatus — Ladder TruckQ SEW Pp�T
CITY OF
z NEWPORT BEACH
c�<,FORN'P City Council Staff Report
February 23, 2021
Agenda Item No. 11
TO: HONORABLE MAYOR AND MEMBERS OF THE CITY COUNCIL
FROM: Jeff Boyles, Fire Chief - 949-644-3101, jboyles@nbfd.net
PREPARED BY: Mary Locey, Fire Administrative Manager, mlocey@nbfd.net
PHONE: 949-644-3352
TITLE: Approval of a Purchase Agreement with South Coast Fire Equipment,
Inc., for Pierce Manufacturing Fire Apparatus — Ladder Truck
ABSTRACT:
The Fiscal Year 2020-21 (FY 2020-21) budget includes funding for the purchase of a
ladder truck fire apparatus (Truck). The truck is a standard fire apparatus, which is being
purchased per City Council Policy F-9: City Vehicle / Equipment Replacement Guidelines
with a waiver of City Council Policy F-14: Authority to Contract from a single source
provider.
RECOMMENDATIONS:
a) Determine this action is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA)
pursuant to Sections 15060(c)(2) and 15060(c)(3) of the CEQA Guidelines because
this action will not result in a physical change to the environment, directly or indirectly;
b) Waive bidding requirements as described in City Council Policy F-14 for this type of
purchase; and
c) Approve a single source Purchase Agreement with South Coast Fire Equipment, Inc.,
for a not -to -exceed amount of $1,454,537.78 for the purchase of a Pierce
Manufacturing (Pierce) 107' Tractor -Drawn Aerial Fire Apparatus.
FUNDING REQUIREMENTS:
The adopted budget includes $1,180,000 in appropriations for the replacement of the
truck. The budgeted replacement cost is based on the original purchase price of the unit
due for replacement plus an allowance for annual increases in the Consumer Price Index
(CPI). Due to changes in manufacturer specifications, the new unit has a replacement
cost of $1,454,537.78.
Funds are set aside annually in an internal service fund (ISF) to ensure critical equipment
and infrastructure can be replaced on a perpetual basis. If approved, the additional
$274,537.78 will be covered within the total amount appropriated in the FY 2020-21
adopted budget for replacement vehicles.
Approval of a Purchase Agreement with South Coast Fire Equipment, Inc., for
Pierce Manufacturing Fire Apparatus — Ladder Truck
February 23, 2021
Page 2
This will also adjust the vehicle replacement and maintenance rates for similar vehicles
in future budget years. This purchase will be expensed to the equipment purchase budget
Account No. 7529032- 911016 in the Public Works Department.
DISCUSSION:
The Fire Department operates a fleet of two frontline trucks, which are in service 24 hours
per day, seven days per week, and are assigned strategically within the City at Fire
Station No. 2 Lido and No. 3 Fashion Island. The reserve truck is stored at Fire Station
No. 7 Santa Ana Heights and deployed when necessary during significant events within
the City and/or when a frontline truck is being serviced. The units and ages of the trucks
currently in the City of Newport Beach's fleet are shown in the table below.
...
2464 Truck 63
2015 / Pierce Aerial Ladder
Frontline7114,413
.. -
6,399
2463 Truck 62
2011 / Pierce Aerial Ladder
Frontline9,453
2462 Reserve Truck 1
1997 / Spartan Simon Aerial
Reserve
Per City Council Policy F-9, City Vehicle / Equipment Replacement Guidelines, the
replacement schedule for fire trucks is 15 years for frontline trucks and 10 to 15 additional
years in reserve status.
The decision to replace is based upon the expected service life and the condition of the
apparatus, which includes many factors such as lifecycle maintenance costs. Prior to
requesting replacement, staff from the Fire, Public Works and Finance departments meet
to review the fleet conditions to determine the need to replace and to secure funding in
the approved budget. The existing 1997 Spartan Simon Aerial Reserve Truck requires
excessive maintenance and poses safety concerns with its aerial ladder components.
Mechanics are finding it increasingly difficult to obtain necessary replacement parts for
repairs, adding to its overall out -of -service time. The unit will meet the threshold for F-9
policy replacement in 2022.
Funds for the truck replacement are included in the FY 2020-21 budget. If approved, the
new truck is scheduled to replace Unit 2463, the 2011 Pierce Aerial Ladder, which will be
placed into reserve status. Unit 2462, the 1997 Spartan Simon Aerial, is currently 24 years
old and will be surplus in accordance with the City's disposition policies. The estimated
delivery for the new truck is 360 to 395 days after execution of the purchase agreement.
Once the new truck is delivered in mid -2022, it will be the frontline unit housed at the new
Fire Station No. 2.
Replacement Budget
The budgeted vehicle replacement cost is based on the original purchase price of the unit
due for replacement plus an allowance for annual increases in CPI. On February 9, 2010,
the City Council approved the purchase of Unit 2463 for $1,066,824. The FY 2020-21
budget allocated $1,180,000 for the purchase. However, CPI, technology and
manufacturer specifications have also changed over the course of 10 years, which
contributed to the current price being $274,537.78 over the budgeted replacement cost.
11-2
Approval of a Purchase Agreement with South Coast Fire Equipment, Inc., for
Pierce Manufacturing Fire Apparatus — Ladder Truck
February 23, 2021
Page 3
Some of the manufacture changes include meeting current Environmental Protection
Agency standards; installing a larger tank for the required fuel additive; upgrades to air
suspension verses spring and LED headlights verses halogen; and a longer aerial ladder,
all of which are standard components of the newer build.
Eauipment Consolidation
The Fire Department started purchasing fire apparatus in 2010 from Pierce, located in
Appleton, Wisconsin. Since then, a total of eight fire engines and two ladder trucks
manufactured by Pierce have been added to the department's fleet. Additional Pierce
equipment, a Type 3 Wildland Fire Apparatus and two, Type 1 Fire Engines, were
approved for purchase by the City Council on April 14, 2020 and September 8, 2020
respectively. These builds are currently underway at the Pierce facility.
Pierce builds fire apparatus with innovative proprietary technology that has proven to be
reliable over the last 10 years of use by the department. Having a standardized fleet for
fire operations allows for personnel to easily transition across the units without the need
for excessive training on different apparatus. The dash layout, switches and equipment
storage are virtually the same. These are critical time -saving elements during emergency
response situations. From a maintenance standpoint, there is a reduction in the type and
amount of training required for the Public Works Department's fleet mechanics and they
are able to stock similar replacement parts for use throughout the fleet, which is cost
effective and easier to manage.
To maintain consistency for fire personnel as well as fleet maintenance personnel, staff
recommends purchasing the tractor -drawn aerial mounted ladder truck from Pierce
through its designated Southern California dealer, South Coast Fire Equipment Company,
Inc. (South Coast Fire). Staff requests City Council's approval to forego the competitive
bidding procedures pursuant to Council Policy F-14, which are normally applicable to an
equipment purchase of this amount and scope. This single source purchase approval
request is being made because a direct purchase in this instance serves a greater benefit
to the City as opposed to conducting a bid.
South Coast Fire provided a price quote for the requested apparatus, which includes a
discount of $49,000 in exchange for full prepayment of the truck. In order to mitigate any
risk associated with this prepayment arrangement, the vendor has agreed to secure a
Faithful Performance Bond that will protect the City and serve as a guarantee of product
delivery. See the table below for the cost breakdown.
11-3
Pierce Manufacturing 107' Tractor Drawn Aerial Mounted on a
Pierce Arrow XT Custom Chassis (Base Price)
$1,395,991.00
100% Prepayment Discount
49,000.00
Apparatus Cost
1,346,991.00
Sales Tax 7.75%
104,391.80
Performance Bond
3,140.98
California Tire Fee
14.00
Total Prepayment Purchase Price
$1,454,537.78
11-3
Approval of a Purchase Agreement with South Coast Fire Equipment, Inc., for
Pierce Manufacturing Fire Apparatus — Ladder Truck
February 23, 2021
Page 4
Based on additional conversations with the vendor, they have made assurances that the
current pandemic will not impact the delivery date for the engines.
Even though no competitive bidding was administered for this purchase, staff performed
a due diligence analysis of the proposed pricing. Staff obtained proposals from other local
fire agencies for recent purchases of Pierce ladder trucks. A proposal dated June 14,
2019 had a base price of $1,346,061 and a second proposal dated December 16, 2020
had a base price of $1,473,035. Thus, the base price of $1,395,991 received by the City
appears to be in line with the current cost of a Pierce ladder truck.
ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW:
Staff recommends the City Council find this action is not subject to the California
Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to Sections 15060(c)(2) (the activity will not
result in a direct or reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change in the environment)
and 15060(c)(3) (the activity is not a project as defined in Section 15378) of the CEQA
Guidelines, California Code of Regulations, Title 14, Chapter 3, because it has no
potential for resulting in physical change to the environment, directly or indirectly.
NOTICING:
The agenda item has been noticed according to the Brown Act (72 hours in advance of
the meeting at which the City Council considers the item).
ATTACHMENT:
Attachment A — Purchase Agreement for a Pierce Ladder Truck
11-4
Attachment A
Purchase Agreement with South Coast Fire Equipment
11-5
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FOR ONE (1) PIERCE 107' TRACTOR -DRAWN AERIAL FIRE APPARATUS FROM
SOUTH COAST FIRE EQUIPMENT, INC.
This Purchase Agreement ("Agreement") is entered into as of this 23rd day of
February, 2021 ("Effective Date"), by and between the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a
California municipal corporation and charter city ("City"), and SOUTH COAST FIRE
EQUIPMENT INC., a California corporation ("Vendor"), whose principal place of business
is 2020 South Baker Avenue, Ontario, California 91761.
RECITALS
A. City is a municipal corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws
of the State of California with the power to carry on its business as it is now being
conducted under the statutes of the State of California and the Charter of City.
B. City requires one (1) Pierce 107' Tractor -Drawn Aerial Fire Apparatus
("Equipment") as set forth in Exhibit A, which is attached and incorporated herein
by this reference.
C. Vendor has carefully reviewed and evaluated the specifications set forth by the
City for the Equipment and has committed to deliver the Equipment required for
the price specified in this Agreement within Three Hundred Ninety Five (395)
calendar days commencing upon execution of this Agreement.
D. City has solicited and received a proposal from Vendor's agent, has evaluated the
expertise of Vendor, and desires to submit an order for the Equipment under the
terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual representations, warranties
and covenants, and other terms and conditions as set forth herein, Vendor and City (each
a "Party" and together the "Parties") agree as follows:
The Term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall
terminate on April 30, 2022 unless terminated earlier as set forth herein.
2. COMPENSATION
2.1 City shall choose the discounted purchase price as more fully described in
the Pricing Proposal attached hereto as Exhibit B and incorporated herein by reference.
The purchase price for Equipment, including all sales taxes, shall not exceed One Million
Four Hundred Fifty Four Thousand Five Hundred Thirty Seven Dollars and 781100
($1,454,537.78) ("Discounted Purchase Price").
South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page 1
11-6
2.2 Vendor agrees to accept the Discounted Purchase Price as full
remuneration for delivery to City of the Equipment. The Discounted Purchase Price shall
be referred to as "Total Compensation."
3. ADMINISTRATION
This Agreement will be administered by the City's Fire Department. The Fire Chief,
or designee, shall be the Purchase Administrator and shall have the authority to act for
City under this Agreement. The Purchase Administrator or designee shall represent City
in all matters pertaining to the services to be rendered pursuant to this Agreement.
4. DELIVERY
4.1 Delivery to City of the Equipment shall be made within three hundred ninety
five (395) calendar days from the execution of the Agreement.
4.2 Delivery shall be made to the City's Yard at 592 Superior Avenue, Newport
Beach, CA 92663, or such other location as may be designated by City in writing. Time
of delivery is of the essence in this Agreement. City reserves the right to refuse the
Equipment, or part thereof, and to cancel all or any part of the Equipment not conforming
to applicable specifications, samples or descriptions. City shall receive a pro -rata refund
for the Equipment, or part thereof, cancelled under this Agreement, within thirty (30)
calendar days of City's cancellation. Acceptance of any part of the order for Equipment
shall not bind City to accept future shipments nor deprive City of the right to return
Equipment already accepted at Vendor's expense. Over shipments and under shipments
of Equipment shall be only as agreed to in writing by City. Delivery shall not be deemed
to be complete until all Equipment have actually been received and accepted in writing
by the City.
4.3 Vendor shall submit all requests for extensions of time for delivery in writing
to the City Purchase Administrator not later than ten (10) calendar days after the start of
the condition that purportedly causes a delay. The Purchase Administrator shall review
all such requests and may, at his/her sole discretion, grant reasonable time extensions
for unforeseeable delays that are beyond Vendor's control.
4.4 The Parties agree that it is extremely difficult and impractical to determine
and fix the actual damages that City will sustain should the Vendor fail to complete the
delivery as called for in this Agreement. Should Vendor fail to complete the delivery as
called for in this Agreement, Vendor agrees to the deduction of liquidated damages in the
sum of One Hundred Dollars and 00/100 ($100.00) per day, for every day beyond the
date scheduled for delivery provided in Section 4.1. Execution of this Agreement shall
constitute agreement by the City and Vendor that the sum of One Hundred Dollars and
00/100 ($100.00) per day, is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused by
the failure of Vendor to deliver the Equipment within the allotted time. All liquidated
damages shall be paid within ten (10) calendar days of City's written request for payment.
Such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be construed as a penalty, and may be
deducted from payments due the Vendor, or recovered from Vendor, as applicable, if
such delay occurs.
South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page 2
11-7
5. ACCEPTANCE/ PAYMENT
Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by City, acceptance of the Equipment shall
not be deemed complete unless in writing and until all of the Equipment, including each
part thereof, has actually been received, inspected and tested to the satisfaction of City.
6. NOTICES
6.1 All notices, demands, requests or approvals to be given under the terms of
this Agreement shall be given in writing, and conclusively shall be deemed served when
delivered personally, or on the third business day after the deposit thereof in the United
States mail, postage prepaid, first-class mail, addressed as hereinafter provided.
6.2 All notices, demands, requests or approvals from Vendor to City shall be
addressed to City at:
Attn: Fire Chief
Fire Department
City of Newport Beach
100 Civic Center Drive
PO Box 1768
Newport Beach, CA 92658
6.3 All notices, demands, requests or approvals from City to Vendor shall be
addressed to Vendor at:
Attention: Kevin Newell
South Coast Fire Equipment Inc.
2020 S. Baker Ave
Ontario, CA 91761
7. ENTIRE AGREEMENT
This Agreement contains the entire Agreement between the Parties with respect
to all matters herein, and there are no restrictions, promises, warranties, or undertakings
other than those set forth herein or referred to herein. No exceptions, alternatives,
substitutes or revisions are valid or binding on City unless authorized by City in writing.
Electronic acceptance of any additional terms, conditions or supplemental agreements by
any City employee or agent, shall not be valid or binding on City unless accepted in writing
by the Purchase Administrator. The terms of this Agreement shall supersede any
inconsistencies between this Agreement and the Exhibits hereto.
8. WARRANTY
8.1 Vendor expressly warrants that the Equipment covered by this Agreement
is: 1) free of liens or encumbrances; 2) of merchantable quality and good for the ordinary
purposes for which it is used; and 3) fit for the particular purpose for which it is intended.
Acceptance of this Agreement shall constitute an agreement upon Vendor's part to
South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page 3
11-8
indemnify, defend and hold City and its indemnities as identified in Section 14 below, and
as more fully described in Section 14, harmless from liability, loss, damage and expense,
including reasonable counsel fees, incurred or sustained by City by reason of the failure
of the Equipment to conform to such warranties, faulty work performance, negligent or
unlawful acts, and non-compliance with any applicable state or federal codes, ordinances,
orders, or statutes, including the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and the
California Industrial Safety Act. Such remedies shall be in addition to any other remedies
provided by law.
8.2 Vendor and manufacturer's warranties and certifications are attached
hereto as Exhibit C, and incorporated in full by this reference. The Warranty Period shall
commence on the date the Equipment is accepted by the City. All warranty repair work
shall be conducted by a Vendor -certified dealer/agent in the Southern California region.
8.3 As of the Effective Date of this Agreement the Vendor -certified dealer/ agent
for purposes of all repairs and warranty work is: South Coast Fire Equipment, Inc., 2020
S. Baker Avenue, Ontario, CA 91761.
8.4 In the event that Vendor designates a different certified dealer/agent for the
Southern California region, Vendor shall provide City with written notice of such change
within ten (10) days of the change.
9. ASSIGNMENT OR SUBCONTRACTING
The terms, covenants, and conditions contained herein shall apply to and bind the
heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of the Parties. Furthermore,
neither the performance of this Agreement nor any portion thereof may be assigned or
subcontracted by Vendor without the express written consent of City. Any attempt by
Vendor to assign or subcontract the performance or any portion thereof of this Agreement
without the express written consent of City shall be invalid and shall constitute a breach
of this Agreement.
10. TERMINATION
10.1 In the event that either Party fails or refuses to perform any of the provisions
of this Agreement at the time and in the manner required, that Party shall be deemed in
default in the performance of this Agreement. If such default is not cured within a period
of two (2) calendar days after receipt of written notice of default specifying the nature of
such default and the steps necessary to cure such default, or if more than two (2) calendar
days are reasonably required to cure the default and the defaulting Party fails to give
adequate assurance of due performance within two (2) calendar days after receipt of
written notice of default, or thereafter fails to diligently take steps to cure the default, the
non -defaulting Party may terminate the Agreement forthwith by giving to the defaulting
Party written notice thereof. City shall be refunded all money for Equipment not delivered
and accepted by City at time of termination within thirty (30) calendar days. Cause for
default shall further be defined as any breach of this Agreement, any misrepresentation
or fraud on the part of the Vendor and/or filing of any petition in U.S. Bankruptcy Court or
entering of Bankruptcy by Vendor.
South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page 4
11-9
10.2 Notwithstanding the above provisions, City shall have the right, at its sole
discretion without cause, of terminating this Agreement at any time by giving seven (7)
calendar days prior written notice to Vendor. In the event of termination under this Section,
City shall pay Vendor for services satisfactorily performed and costs incurred up to the
effective date of termination for which Vendor has not been previously paid. City shall be
refunded all money for Equipment not delivered and accepted by City at time of
termination within thirty (30) calendar days. On the effective date of termination, Vendor
shall deliver to City all equipment, reports, documents and other information developed
or accumulated in the performance of this Agreement, whether in draft or final form.
11. CONSENT TO BREACH NOT WAIVER
No term or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed waived and no breach
excused, unless such waiver or consent shall be in writing and signed by the Party
claimed to have waived or consented to such breach. Any consent by any Party to, or
waiver of, a breach by the other, whether express or implied, shall not constitute consent
to, waiver of, or excuse for any other different or subsequent breach.
12. REMEDIES NOT EXCLUSIVE
The remedies for breach set forth in this Agreement are cumulative as to one (1)
another and as to any other provided by law, rather than exclusive; and the expression of
certain remedies in this Agreement does not preclude resort by either Party to any other
remedies provided by law.
13. FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND
13.1 Vendor shall perform all work under this Agreement, taking necessary steps
and precautions to perform the work to City's satisfaction. Vendor shall be responsible for
the professional quality, technical assurance, timely completion and coordination of all
documentation and other Equipment or services furnished by the Vendor under this
Agreement. Vendor shall perform all work diligently, carefully, and in a good and
workman -like manner; shall furnish all labor, supervision, machinery, equipment,
materials, and supplies necessary therefore; shall at its sole expense obtain and maintain
all permits and licenses required by public authorities, including those of City required in
its governmental capacity, in connection with performance of the work; and, if permitted
to subcontract, shall be fully responsible for all work performed by subcontractors.
13.2 Vendor shall obtain, provide and maintain at its own expense during the
term of this Agreement a Faithful Performance Bond in the amount of one hundred
percent (100%) of the Total Compensation to be paid Vendor as set forth in this
Agreement. The form of such Faithful Performance Bond is attached as Exhibit E and
incorporated herein by reference. The Faithful Performance Bond shall be issued by an
insurance organization or surety (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner
to transact business of insurance in the State of California, (2) listed as an acceptable
surety in the latest revision of the Federal Register Circular 570, and (3) assigned a
Policyholders' Rating A- (or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VII (or larger) in
accordance with the latest edition of Best's Key Rating Guide: Property -Casualty.
South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page 5
11-10
13.3. Vendor shall deliver, concurrently with execution of this Agreement, the
Faithful Performance Bond and a certified copy of the "Certificate of Authority" of the
Insurer or Surety issued by the Insurance Commissioner, which authorizes the Insurer or
Surety to transact surety insurance in the State of California.
14. INDEMNIFICATION
14.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, Vendor shall indemnify, defend and
hold harmless City, its City Council, boards and commissions, officers, agents,
volunteers, and employees (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties") from and against any
and all claims (including, without limitation, claims for bodily injury, death or damage to
property), demands, obligations, damages, actions, causes of action, suits, losses,
judgments, fines, penalties, liabilities, costs and expenses (including, without limitation,
attorney's fees, disbursements and court costs) of every kind and nature whatsoever
(individually, a Claim; collectively, "Claims"), which may arise from or in any manner relate
(directly or indirectly) to any breach of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, any
work performed or services or equipment provided under this Agreement including,
without limitation, defects in workmanship or materials (including the negligent and/or
willful acts, errors and/or omissions of Vendor, its principals, officers, agents, employees,
suppliers, consultants, subcontractors, anyone employed directly or indirectly by any of
them or for whose acts they may be liable or any or all of them).
14.2 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary
Vendor shall not be required to indemnify the Indemnified Parties from any and all Claims
(a) arising from the sole or partial negligence (including, without limitation, active and pass
negligence) or willful misconduct of the Indemnified Parties or their boards and
commissions, officers, agents, volunteers, representatives, contractors, and employees,
as well as any third parties, or (b) that are filed in court or any other administrative agency
or asserted (in writing) against Indemnified Parties more than one (1) calendar year after
the project and/or services contemplated by this Agreement are completed. The "active
and passive negligence or willful misconduct" in the preceding sentence shall mean,
without limitation or affecting the statutory and common law legal definition, Indemnified
Parties failing to promptly follow written recommendations of Vendor arising out of or
relating to the Equipment provided. Nothing in this indemnity shall be construed as
authorizing any award of attorneys' fees in any action on or to enforce the terms of this
Agreement. This indemnity shall apply to all claims and liability regardless of whether
any insurance policies are applicable. The policy limits do not act as a limitation upon the
amount of indemnification to be provided by Vendor; provided however, that Vendor shall
be reimbursed for any indemnification provided to Indemnified Parties from insurance
policy benefits paid to Indemnified Parties arising out of or relating to the Claim.
15. CHARGES AND LIENS
Vendor shall pay promptly all indebtedness for labor, materials and equipment
used in performance of the work. Vendor shall not permit any lien or charge to attach to
the Equipment, but if any does so attach, Vendor shall promptly procure its release and,
in accordance with the requirements of Section 14 above, indemnify, defend, and hold
South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page 6
City harmless and be responsible for payment of all costs, damages, penalties and
expenses related to or arising from or related thereto.
16. INSURANCE
Without limiting Vendor's indemnification of City, and prior to commencement of
work, Vendor shall obtain, provide and maintain at its own expense during the term of this
Agreement or for other periods as specified in this Agreement, policies of insurance of
the type, amounts, terms and conditions described in the Insurance Requirements
attached hereto as Exhibit D, and incorporated herein by reference.
17. CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP
Vendor agrees that if there is a change or transfer in ownership of Vendor's
business prior to completion of this Agreement, the new owners shall be required under
terms of sale or other transfer to assume Vendor's duties and obligations contained in
this Agreement and complete them to the satisfaction of City.
18. FORCE MAJEURE
Vendor shall not be assessed with liquidated damages or unsatisfactory
performance penalties during any delay beyond the time named for the performance of
this Agreement caused by any act of God, war, civil disorder, employment strike or other
cause beyond its reasonable control, provided that Vendor gives written notice of the
cause of the delay to City within forty-eight (48) hours of the start of the delay and Vendor
avails itself of any available remedies.
19. CONFIDENTIALITY
Vendor agrees to maintain the confidentiality of all City and City -related records
and information pursuant to all statutory laws relating to privacy and confidentiality that
currently exist or exist at any time during the term of this Agreement. All such records
and information shall be considered confidential and kept confidential by Vendor and
Vendor's staff, agents, employees and subcontractors.
20. FREIGHT (F.O.B. DESTINATION)
The Total Compensation includes shipment and delivery of Equipment to
designated City location. Vendor assumes full responsibility for all transportation,
transportation scheduling, packing, handling, insurance, and other services associated
with delivery of all products deemed necessary under this Agreement.
21. TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Vendor acknowledges that it has read and agrees to all terms and conditions
included in this Agreement.
South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page 7
11-12
22. SIGNATORIES AUTHORITY
Each person executing this Agreement expressly warrants that he or she is
authorized to do so on behalf of the entity forwhich he or she is executing this Agreement.
The City and Vendor represent and warrant that this Agreement is executed voluntarily,
with full knowledge of its significance.
23. STANDARD PROVISIONS
23.1 Recitals. City and Vendor acknowledge that the above Recitals are true
and correct and are hereby incorporated by reference.
23.2 Compliance with all Laws. Vendor shall at its own cost and expense comply
with all statutes, ordinances, regulations and requirements of all governmental entities,
including federal, state, county or municipal, whether now in force or hereinafter enacted.
23.3 Integrated Contract. This Agreement represents the full and complete
understanding of every kind or nature whatsoever between the Parties hereto, and all
preliminary negotiations and Agreements of whatsoever kind or nature are merged
herein. No verbal contract or implied covenant shall be held to vary the provisions herein.
23.4 Conflicts or Inconsistencies. In the event there are any conflicts or
inconsistencies between this Agreement and the Exhibits attached hereto, the terms of
this Agreement shall govern.
23.5 Amendments. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a
written document executed by both Vendor and City and approved as to form by the City
Attorney.
23.6 Controlling Law and Venue. The laws of the State of California shall govern
this Agreement and all matters relating to it and any action brought relating to this
Agreement shall be adjudicated in a court of competent jurisdiction in the County of
Orange, State of California. The California Commercial Code shall be the controlling law
for the terms of this Agreement.
23.7 Equal Opportunity Employment. Vendor represents that it is an equal
opportunity employer and it shall not discriminate against any subcontractor, employee
or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, national origin, handicap,
ancestry, sex, age or any other impermissible basis under law.
23.8 Interpretation. The terms of this Agreement shall be construed in
accordance with the meaning of the language used and shall not be construed for or
against either Party by reason of the authorship of the Agreement or any other rule of
construction which might otherwise apply.
23.9 Severability. If any term or portion of this Agreement is held to be invalid,
illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining
provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.
South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page 8
11-13
23.10 No Attorneys' Fees. In the event of any dispute or legal action arising under
this Agreement, the prevailing Party shall not be entitled to attorneys' fees.
23.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall
constitute one and the same instrument.
[SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]
South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page 9
11-14
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed
on the dates written below.
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
CITY ATTORNEY'S OFFICE
Date:
By:
Aar n C. Harp
City Attorney
ATTEST:
Date:
In
Leilani I. Brown
City Clerk
Attachments:
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH,
a California municipal corporation and
charter city
Date:
By:
Brad Avery
Mayor
CONTRACTOR:
SOUTH COAST FIRE EQUIPMENT INC.,
a California corporation
Date:
By.-
Kevin
y:Kevin M. Newell
Chief Executive Officer/
Chief Financial Officer
[END OF SIGNATURES]
Exhibit A:
Specifications for One (1) Pierce 107' Tractor -Drawn
Aerial Fire Apparatus
Exhibit B:
Pricing Proposal
Exhibit C:
Warranty
Exhibit D:
Insurance Requirements
Exhibit E:
Faithful Performance Bond
South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page 10
11-15
EXHIBIT A
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
SPECIFICATIONS FOR ONE (1) PIERCE 107' TRACTOR -
DRAWN AERIAL FIRE APPARATUS
South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page A-1
11-16
South Coast Fire Equipment representing Pierce Manufacturing is pleased to submit a proposal to City
of Newport Beach for a Pierce@ 107' Tractor -Drawn Aerial Ladder. The following paragraphs will
describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed. This proposal will
indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance
with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications.
PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in 1913. Since then we have been building bodies with one
philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in
the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce
Manufacturing over 75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built
and put into service more than 62,500 apparatus, including more than 33,900 on Pierce custom chassis
designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility
has over 870,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 105 acres of land. Our
Bradenton, Florida facility has 300,000 square feet of floor space situated on approximately 38 acres of
land.
Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with
whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we
all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing,
bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market.
Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product
that meets your specification.
In accordance with the current edition of NFPA 1901 standards, this proposal will specify whether the
fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment.
Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but
are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may
include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment.
NERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the
custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted
in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the
pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system.
QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building
the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and
we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding
Society D1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows
American Welding society and ANSI D1.2-2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All
sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B2.1-2000 requirements for structural welding of
sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000 and is performed to American
Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Furthermore, all employees classified as welders are tested
1 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-17
and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years
thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant
during working hours to monitor weld quality.
Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001.
These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the
quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and
service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal.
In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier
program to insure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand. That
is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.
To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least fifteen (15) fire
departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided.
DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break-in of all components while
the apparatus is still under warranty. A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the apparatus and
remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of
the equipment delivered.
MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be
provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and
type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication,
pump primer and drive axle.
SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39 -minute, professionally produced apparatus
safety video, in DVD format. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow
when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre -
trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance.
PERFORMANCE TESTS
A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than ten
(10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The
transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or
noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent on
the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle. The apparatus
will meet NFPA 1901 acceleration and braking requirements.
SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT
Pierce dealership support will be provided by South Coast Emergency Vehicle Service by operating a
Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory -trained mechanics on staff
versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within fifty (50) miles of the fire
department.
2 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-18
In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and
Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000 square feet in
Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000 in parts dedicated to service and
replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment
of service and replacement parts.
Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an
interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the
opportunity to register for training classes.
As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific
apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will
also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which
offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component
catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operators manual library is
available for easy reference.
Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel, dedicated
to customer support, which also maintains a 24 hour 7 day a week toll free hot line, four (4) on staff
EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year.
Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin.
SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our
products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the
chassis, cab weldment, cab, pump house (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping
and operators panel) body and aerial device will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to
the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both
designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components
(excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by
Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully
engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of
quality.
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
The apparatus being proposed will be designed and built to match the 23440. However, some variation
may be necessary due to changes in our manufacturing processes or our product offering. Revisions in
NFPA guidelines and/or other regulations may also affect our ability to match the previous unit.
NFPA 2016 STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2016, except for fire department
directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions.
Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with
delivery of the apparatus.
3 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-19
All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than 48.00" above
the ground must be defined by a 1.00" wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and
designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are
shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual
conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal
of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and
equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack.
A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall
height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.
The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any
staff involved with certifications.
An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results.
NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection
Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's
specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA".
VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION
To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third -
party, audit -certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable
standards in the current edition of NFPA 1901. The certification will include: all design, production,
operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed
on the apparatus.
A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard
and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit.
INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
A third party inspection certificate for the aerial device will be furnished upon delivery of the aerial
device. The certificate will be Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Type 1 and will indicate that the aerial
device has been inspected on the production line and after final assembly.
Visual structural inspections will be performed on all welds on both aluminum and steel ladders.
On critical weld areas, or on any suspected defective area, the following tests will be conducted:
• Magnetic particle inspection will be conducted on steel aerials to assure the integrity of the
weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. Magnets will be placed on each side of the
weld while iron powder is placed on the weld itself. The powder will detect any crack that may
exist. This test will conform to ASTM E709 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial
device.
4 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-20
A liquid penetrant test will be conducted on aluminum aerials to assure the integrity of the
weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. This test will conform to ASTM E165 and be
performed prior to assembly of the aerial device.
Ultrasonic inspection will conducted on all aerials to detect any flaws in pins, bolts and other
critical mounting components.
In addition to the tests above, functional tests, load tests, and stability tests will be performed on all
aerials. These tests will determine any unusual deflection, noise, vibration, or instability characteristics
of the unit.
ENERATOR TEST
IF THE UNIT HAS A GENERATOR, THE GENERATOR WILL BE TESTED, APPROVED, AND
CERTIFIED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES AT THE MANUFACTURER'S EXPENSE. THE
TEST RESULTS WILL BE PROVIDED TO THE FIRE DEPARTMENT AT THE TIME OF DELIVERY.
APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the City for approval before
construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same
drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This
drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments,
major components, etc.
A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the
purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing.
FINAL DRAWING
There will be a revised drawing of the truck with all the changes made during production provided at
pickup.
DIAGRAM, ELECTRICAL DC CIRCUITS
Three (3) sets of diagrams of the body and chassis DC electrical system will be provided with the
completed apparatus.
ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided.
5 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-21
VELOCITY CHASSIS
The Pierce Velocity® chassis provided will be a new, tilt -type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will
be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility, eliminating any split responsibility. The
chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy duty service, with adequate strength and capacity
for the intended load to be sustained and the type of service required.
MAXIMUM OVERALL HEIGHT
The maximum overall height of the apparatus will be 134 inches.
MAXIMUM OVERALL LENGTH
The maximum overall length of the apparatus will be 735 inches.
ANGLE OF APPROACH
The angle of approach will be 12 degrees degrees. This will be effective with the truck in a unloaded
state.
ANGLE OF DEPARTURE
The angle of departure will be Target of 16 degrees degrees. This will be effective with the truck in a
loaded state.
WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 166 inches.
GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be 69640.
FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more,
depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front
and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail
will have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040
in -Ib over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with
an rbm of 2,275,200 in -Ib over the rear axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 120,000 psi yield
strength heat-treated 0.38" thick steel with 3.50" wide flanges.
FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE
The Oshkosh TAK-40 front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of
20,000 pounds.
Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be
made of 100,000 -psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting will be made of
55,000 -psi yield ductile iron.
The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000 -psi yield strength steel.
Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber
bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have
a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations.
6 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-22
There will be nine (9) grease fittings supplied, one (1) on each control arm pivot and one (1) on the
steering gear extension.
The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive
camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load.
Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life.
The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free.
Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided.
The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.
The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the
vehicle wheelbase.
The axle will have a third party certified turning angle of 45 degrees. Front discharge, front suction, or
aluminum wheels will not infringe on this cramp angle.
FRONT SUSPENSION
Front Oshkosh TAK-4 T°^ independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of
22,800 Ib.
The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design
will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds
over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.
Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy
absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.
The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of
3.75" before suspension bottoms.
The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims. One
can adjust for a lean within 15 minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride
height adjustment on each side.
The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000 miles of inner city
driving.
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS
KONI heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers will be provided on the front suspension.
FRONT OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle.
7 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-23
FRONT TIRES
The front tires shall be Michelin 385/65R22.50 radials, load range L, X MultiWay HD XZE tread, rated
for 22,000 Ib maximum axle load and 75 mph maximum speed.
The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc type wheels with a ten
(10)stud, 11.25" bolt circle.
REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a Meritor TM, Model RS -26-185, with a capacity of 27,000 Ib.
TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 60 mph.
REAR SUSPENSION
Rear suspension will be a Neway, model AD126, air ride with a ground rating of 27,000 Ib. The
suspension will have the following features:
- Outboard vertical mounted heavy-duty shock absorbers
- Adjustable torque and track rods (pan hard)
- Utilizes track bars and Ultra Torque Rod Plus torque rods to restrict lateral axle movement and
maintain constant pinion angles
- Super heavy-duty transverse beam to help reduce axle stress while increasing roll stability or
resistance to lean
- Low spring rate air springs for excellent ride quality
- Dual height control valves to maintain level vehicle from side to side
REAR OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s).
REAR TIRES
Rear tires will be four (4) Michelin 12R22.50 radials, 16 ply all season XDN2 tread, rated for 27,120 Ib
maximum axle load and 75 mph maximum speed.
The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 8.25" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud
11.25" bolt circle.
TIRE BALANCE
All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and
eliminate the need for wheel weights.
TIRE PRESSURE INDICATOR
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 4.13.4 requires each tire be equipped with a visual indicator or
monitoring system that indicates tire pressure.
8 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-24
Per Fire Department specification, a tire pressure indicator is not on the apparatus as manufactured.
This apparatus will be non-compliant to NFPA 1901 standards effective at time of contract execution.
FRONT HUB COVERS
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be
provided.
HUB COVERS (TILLER AXLE)
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the tiller trailer axle. An oil level viewing window will be
provided.
REAR HUB COVERS
A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers will be provided on rear axle hubs.
LUG NUT COVERS
Stainless steel lug nut covers will be installed on all lug nuts.
MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels.
MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps will be installed behind the tiller trailer wheels of the apparatus.
WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be one (1) pair of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC -44-E, aluminum alloy, Quick -Choc wheel
blocks, with easy -grip handle provided.
Wheel Chock Brackets
There will be one (1) pair of Zico, Model SQCH-44-H, horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets
provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC -44-E, folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be made of
aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The
brackets will be mounted forward of the left side rear tire.
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco tractor 4S4M and tiller tractor 2S2M anti-lock braking
system.
The chassis ABS will provide four (4) channel anti-lock braking control on the front and rear axle. The
trailer ABS will provide two (2) channel anti-lock braking control on the tiller axle.
A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti-lock braking
system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a
signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a
fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of
any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control.
A tiller trailer ABS fault lamp will be provided in the tiller cab and the chassis cab.
9of133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-25
Two (2) connectors are provided to read the diagnostics for each ABS system. The two (2) diagnostic
systems communicate on different protocols requiring different diagnostics - SAEJ1587 versus J1939.
BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type.
The front brakes will be Knorr/Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping
distance.
The brake system will be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance
The rear brakes will be Meritor TM 16.50" x 8.63" cam operated with automatic slack adjusters. Dust
shields cannot be provided.
BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR
The air compressor will be a CumminsIWABCO with 18.7 cubic feet per minute output.
BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:
• Bendix® dual brake treadle valve
• Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
• Total air system capacity of 4,362 cubic inches
• Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when
air pressure falls below 60 psi
• Spring set parking brake system
• Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve
• A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel
• Park brake relay/inversion and anti -compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check
valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi
• A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air
system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (550 kPa)
• 1/4 turn drain valve on each air tank
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test.
To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets.
BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER
The air dryer will be a Bendix AD -9, with heater and coalescing filter.
BRAKE LINES
Color -coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in
the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat.
10 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-26
AIR INLET/OUTLET
One (1) air inlet/outlet will be installed recessed with the female coupling located on the driver side of
bumper extension. This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include a check
valve in the inlet line and an 85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line. The air outlet will be
controlled by a needle valve.
A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment.
The air inlet will allow a shoreline air hose to be connected to the vehicle. This will allow station air to
be supplied to the brake system of the vehicle to insure constant air pressure.
ALL WHEEL LOCK-UP
An additional all wheel lock-up system will be installed which applies air to the front brakes only. The
standard spring brake control valve system will be used for the rear.
AIR TANK, ADDITIONAL
An additional air tank with 1,454 cubic inch displacement will be provided to increase the capacity of the
air system. This tank will be dedicated for air horn use.
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the
effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets.
The output flow of the engine air compressor varies with engine RPM. Full compressor output is only
achieved at governed engine speed. Engine speed may be limited by generators, pumps and other
PTO driven options.
REMOTE AIR TANK DRAIN
There will be a remote cable controlled drain valve installed on each air supply reservoir. The drain
valve will be actuated from the side of the vehicle and be a vinyl covered stainless steel cable, firmly
attached to the underside of the vehicle. A loop will be provided at the cable end for ease of pulling the
drain.
COMPRESSION FITTINGS ONLY
Any nylon hose on the apparatus that is pneumatic will be plumbed with compression type fittings
where applicable.
ENGINE
The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below:
Make:
Cummins®
Model:
X15
Power:
605 hp at 1800 rpm
Torque:
1850 Ib -ft at 1000 rpm
Governed
Speed:
2100 rpm
Emissions Level:
EPA 2021
Fuel:
Diesel
11 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-27
Cylinders:
Six (6)
Displacement:
912 cubic inches (14.91L)
Starter:
Delco 39MT+TM
Fuel Filters:
Frame mounted spin -on style primary filter with water separator and water -in -fuel
sensor
The engine will include On -board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The
system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle
sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will
illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected.
REMOTE MOUNTED ENGINE FILTERS
The engine fuel and oil filters will be remote mounted for ease of maintenance.
HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically
maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for
activation/deactivation.
The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in
neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when
the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle."
ENGINE BRAKE
A Jacobs® engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy
reach of the driver.
The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low setting.
The engine brake will activate when the system is on and the throttle is released.
The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable
geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine.
The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle
the brake lights are activated.
The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required.
CLUTCH FAN
A Horton® fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is
in "Road" position, and fully engaged in "Pump" position.
OVERRIDE SWITCH
There will be an override switch with spring loaded flip up cover provided in the cab under the left side
instrument panel to allow the ability to start the engine without anyone sitting in the tiller cab.
12 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-28
ENGINE AIR INTAKE
An air intake with an ember separator (to prevent road dirt, burning embers, and recirculating hot air
from entering the engine) will be mounted at the front of the apparatus, on the passenger side of the
engine. The ember separator will be mounted in the air intake with flame retardant, roto -molded
polyethylene housing. It will be easily accessible by the hinged access panel at the front of the vehicle.
EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will include a Single ModuleTm aftertreatment device to meet current EPA
standards. The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the inlet of the aftertreatment
device, and will be 5.00" in diameter. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipes between
the turbo and aftertreatment device to minimize the heat loss to the aftertreatment device. The exhaust
will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels. A tailpipe diffuser will be provided to
reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate
chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser.
EXHAUST MODIFICATION
The exhaust pipe will be brought out from under the body at a 90 degree angle from the truck.
The diffuser will be reduced to 5.00" in the center to accommodate the fire department's air recovery
system. The 5.00" extension pipe, coming out of the end of the diffuser, will extend 2.00" past the body
rub rail adaptable for the Plymovent system. There will be a minimum of 4.00" clearance between the
top of the 5.00" extension and the bottom of the body.
There will be a minimum of 2.50" from the exhaust pipe to the under side of the body heat shield. The
last 7.00" of the exhaust will be free of hangers and/or clamps.
A stop will be provided on the tail pipe that will prevent the nozzle from sliding too far on.
RAIIIATr)P
The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer
cooling system standards.
For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed
using long life aluminum alloy. The core will be made of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design,
brazed to aluminum tubes. The tubes will be brazed to aluminum headers. The radiator core will have
a minimum frontal area of 1434 square inches. Supply tank made of glass -reinforced nylon and a
return tank of cast aluminum alloy will be crimped on to the core assembly using header tabs and a
compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. The radiator will be compatible with
commercial antifreeze solutions.
There will be a full steel frame around the entire radiator core assembly. The radiator core assembly
will be isolated within the steel frame by rubber inserts to enhance cooling system durability and
reliability. The radiator will be mounted in such a manner as to prevent the development of leaks
caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven ground. The radiator
assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators.
13 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-29
The radiator assembly will include an integral deaeration tank permanently mounted to the top of the
radiator framework, with a readily accessible remote -mounted overflow tank. For visual coolant level
inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi
pressure relief cap.
A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to
permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.
A heavy-duty fan will draw in fresh, cool air through the radiator. Shields or baffles will be provided to
prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator.
COOLANT LINES
Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by the chassis
manufacturer.
Hose clamps will be stainless steel "constant torque type" to prevent coolant leakage. They will react to
temperature changes in the cooling system and expand or contract accordingly while maintaining a
constant clamping pressure on the hose.
FUEL TANK
A 50 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at rear of chassis. The tank will be constructed of
12 -gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects
of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps.
A .75" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.
A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side rear of the chassis on the vertical portion of the fender
skirting area. The inlet will be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked
"Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only".
A .50" diameter vent will be provided running from top of tank to just below fuel fill inlet.
The tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements, including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume.
All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer.
DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK
An 8.0 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body
forward of the rear axle.
A 0.50" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.
A fill inlet will be located on the driver's side of the body and be covered with a hinged brushed
stainless steel door that is marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only".
The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event
of tank freezing.
14 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-30
The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event
of freezing.
FUEL SHUTOFF
A fuel line shutoff valve will be installed on both the inlet and outlet of the primary fuel filter.
FUEL COOLER
An air to fuel cooler will be installed in the engine fuel return line.
FUEL DOOR LABEL
There will be a label provided on fuel door, to read "Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Only".
FUEL SEPARATOR
The engine will be equipped with a Racor in-line spin -on fuel and water separator in addition to the
engine fuel filters.
TRANSMISSION
An Allison 5th generation, Model EVS 4500P, electronic, torque converting, automatic transmission will
be provided.
The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health.
A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due.
Two (2) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and
1 o'clock).
A transmission temperature gauge with red light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument
panel.
TRANSMISSION SHIFTER
A six (6) -speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position
indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation.
The transmission ratio will be: 1 st - 4.70 to 1.00, 2nd - 2.21 to 1.00, 3rd - 1.53 to 1.00, 4th - 1.00 to
1.00, 5th - 0.76 to 1.00, 6th - 0.67 to 1.00, R - 5.55 to 1.00.
TRANSMISSION COOLER
A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the
transmission oil temperature.
SYNTHETIC FLUID ONLY TAG
A tag will be located at the transmission fill point labeled "Synthetic Fluid Only".
TRANSMISSION FLUID
The transmission will be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES -295 heavy duty
synthetic transmission fluid.
DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with SpicerO 1810 universal joints.
15 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-31
The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.
A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip
joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent.
STEERING
Dual Sheppard, Model M110, steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided.
For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and an Eaton,
Model VN20, hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have
wire braded lines with crimped fittings.
A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver
configurations.
STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 4 -spoke
design.
LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH
The dash panel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will
have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8)
characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row.
The first row of text will be: Newport
The second row of text will be: Beach
The third row of text will be: Fire
BUMPER
A one (1) -piece, stainless steel bumper, minimum of 10.00" high, will be attached to the front of the
frame.
A 9.00" channel will be mounted directly behind the bumper for additional strength.
The bumper will be extended 10.00" from front face of cab.
Gravel Pan
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and cab
face. The gravel pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration of
the aluminum treadplate.
LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS
Mounted to the frame extension will be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts will be designed
and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems.
The lift and tow mounts with eyes will be painted the same color as the frame.
16 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-32
TOW EYES
Two (2) chromed steel tow eyes will be installed under the bumper and attached to the front frame
members. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will have a .25" radius.
The tow eyes will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 6,000 Ib straight horizontal pull in line
with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow eyes will not be used for lifting of the apparatus.
LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
A non -illuminated license plate bracket will be mounted on the front bumper. The bracket will be
formed from bright stainless steel.
CAB
The Velocity cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and will be manufactured by Pierce
Manufacturing.
To provide quality at the source and single source customer support, the cab will be built by the
apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises.
For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be of heavy duty
design, constructed to the following minimal standards.
The cab will have 12 main vertical structural members located in the A -pillar (front cab corner posts), B -
pillar (side center posts), C -pillar (rear corner posts) and rear wall areas. The A -pillar will be
constructed of 0.25" heavy wall extrusions joined by a solid A356 -T6 aluminum joint casting. The B -
pillar and C -pillar will also be constructed from 0.25" heavy wall extrusions. The rear wall will be
constructed of two (2) 4.00" x 2.00" outer aluminum extrusions and two (2) 3.00" x 2.00" inner
aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members will run from the floor to 7.50" x 3.50" x
0.125" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage -like structure with the A -pillar and roof extrusions being
welded into a 0.75" thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly.
The front of the cab will be constructed of a 0.25" thick firewall, covered with a 0.125" front skin (for a
total thickness of 0.38"), and reinforced with 24.50" wide x 10.00" deep x 0.50" thick supports on each
side of the engine tunnel. The cross -cab support will be welded to the A -pillar, 0.25" firewall, and
engine tunnel, on the left and right sides.
The cab floors will be constructed of 0.1875" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall with an
additional 0.25" thick cross -floor support providing a total thickness of 0.44" of structural material at the
front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with three (3) 0.50" plates bolted together
that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the front of the cab to the
0.1875" thick engine tunnel, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab.
The cab will be a full -tilt style. A 3 -point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality
by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab.
The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve
visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.
17 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-33
The forward cab section will have an overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately
102.00". The crew cab section will have a 10.00" raised roof, with an overall cab height of
approximately 112.00". The raised portion will start at the most forward point of the B -pillar and
continue rearward to the back of the cab. The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck
configuration with the lowest suspension weight ratings, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension,
no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and
suspension will increase the overall height listed.
The cab will have an interior width of not less than 93.50". The driver and passenger seating positions
will have a minimum 24.00" clear width at knee level.
To reduce injuries to occupants in the seated positions, proper head clearance will be provided. The
floor -to -ceiling height inside the forward cab will be no less than 60.25". The floor -to -ceiling height
inside the crew cab will be no less than 62.95" in the center position and 68.75" in the outboard
positions.
The crew cab will measure a minimum of 57.50" from the rear wall to the backside of the engine tunnel
(knee level) for optimal occupant legroom.
INTERIOR CAB INSULATION
The cab walls, ceiling and engine tunnel will be insulated in all strategic locations to maximize acoustic
absorption and thermal insulation. The cab will be insulated with 2.00" insulation in the rear wall, 3.00"
insulation in the side walls, and 1.50" insulation in the ceiling.
FENDER LINERS
Full -circular, aluminum, inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.
PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one (1) -piece, safety glass windshield with more than 2,802 square inches of clear viewing area will
be provided. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view.
The windshield will consist of three (3) layers: the outer light, the middle safety laminate, and the inner
light. The 0.114" thick outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety
laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The
inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the
aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the
outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.
WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three (3) electric windshield wipers with a washer, in conformance with FMVSS and SAE
requirements, will be provided. The wiper blades will be 21.65' long and together will clear a minimum
of 1,783 square inches of the windshield for maximum visibility in inclement weather.
The windshield washer fluid reservoir will be located at the front of the vehicle and be accessible
through the access hood for simple maintenance.
18 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-34
FAST SERVICE ACCESS FRONT TILT HOOD
A full -width access hood will be provided for convenient access to engine coolant, steering fluid, wiper
fluid, cab lift controls, headlight power modules, and ember separator. The hood will also provide
complete access to the windshield wiper motor and components. The hood will be contoured to
provide a sleek, automotive appearance. The hood will be constructed of two (2) fiberglass panels
bonded together and will include reinforcing ribs for structural integrity. The hood will include air
cylinders to hold the hood in open and closed positions, and a heavy duty latch system that will meet
FMVSS 113 (Hood Latch System). The spring-loaded hood latch will be located at the center of the
hood with a double -action release lever located behind the Pierce logo. The two (2) -step release
requires the lever first be pulled to the driver side until the hood releases from the first latch (primary
latch) then to the passenger side to fully release the hood (secondary latch).
ENGINE TUNNEL
To provide structural strength, the engine tunnel sidewalls will be constructed of .50" aluminum plate
that is welded to both the .25" firewall and .38" heavy wall extrusion under the crew cab floor. To
maximize occupant space, the top edges will be tapered.
The engine tunnel will be insulated on both sides for thermal and acoustic absorption. The underside of
the tunnel will be covered with 1.00" thick polyether foam that is reinforced with an aluminized face.
Thermal rating for this insulation will be -40 degrees Fahrenheit to 300 degrees Fahrenheit. The
insulation will keep noise (dBA) levels at or lower than the specifications in the current edition of the
NFPA 1901 standards.
CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except
for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered.
CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided, consisting of an electric -powered hydraulic pump, fluid
reservoir, dual lift cylinders, remote cab lift controls and all necessary hoses and valves. The hydraulic
pump will have a backup manual override, for use in the event of an electrical failure.
The cab lift controls will be located at the driver side front of the cab, easily accessible under the full
width front access hood. The controls will include a permanently mounted raise/lower switch. For
enhanced visibility during cab tilt operations, a remote control tether with on/off switch will be supplied
on a coiled cord that will extend from 2.00' (coiled) to 6.00' (extended).
The cab will be capable of tilting 42 degrees and 80 degrees with crane assist to accommodate engine
maintenance and removal. The cab pivots will be located 46.00" apart to provide stability while tilting
the cab.
The rear of the cab will be locked down by a two (2) -point, automatic, hydraulic, double hook
mechanism that fully engages after the cab has been lowered (self-locking). The dual 2.25" diameter
hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally
descending when the cab is in the tilt position.
19 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-35
For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in
place on the driver side between the chassis and cab frame when cab is in the raised position. This
device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered.
Cab Lift Interlock
The cab lift safety system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active
only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is
released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled.
GRILLE
A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a formed bright finished grille surround,
will be provided on the front center of the cab, and will serve as an air intake to the radiator.
DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES
All cab door jambs will be furnished with a polished stainless steel scuffplate, mounted on the striker
side of the jamb.
SCUFFPLATE
A brushed stainless steel scuffplate will be installed on the top edge of both rear facing seat risers. The
scuffplate will be flanged to the front to protect the painted edge of the seat riser.
FRONT CAB TRIM
A band of 22 gauge patterned stainless steel trim will be installed across the front of the cab, from door
hinge to door hinge. The trim band will be centered on the head lights and applied with two (2) -sided
tape. A 0.625" self adhesive trim strip will be applied around the perimeter of the trim band.
There will be polished stainless steel corner covers provided over the painted cab corner where the cab
turn signals are located.
MIRRORS
One (1) Ramco, Model CRM-310-1750-PCHR, polished chrome mirror will be mounted on each of the
cab doors. The mirrors will be full faced, flat, with an integrated bottom mount convex section. The
mirror head will have a highly polished chrome finish.
The flat glass in each mirror will be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to
the driver.
The convex section in each mirror will be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are
convenient to the driver.
A 3.00" riser will be provided between the mirror body and support arm on passenger side only.
CAB DOORS
The forward cab and crew cab doors will be the half -height style door. To enhance entry and egress to
the cab, the forward cab doors will be a minimum of 43.59" wide x 64.71" high. The crew cab doors will
measure a minimum of 37.87" wide x 73.75" high.
20 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-36
The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material
thickness of 0.125". The exterior door skins will be constructed from 0.090" aluminum.
The forward cab door windows will include a 7.50" high x 10.00" wide drop area at the front to enhance
visibility.
A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door.
The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and
will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. Each
door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable
from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will
provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.
The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding
FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model 751. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors
are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened,
then closed.
A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano -type hinge with a 0.38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be
provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive -type rubber seals around the perimeter of
the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather -tight fit.
A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab and crew cab door.
A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be
securely mounted.
The cab steps at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the
exterior of the cab.
Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. The cab door panels will
be removable.
RECESSED POCKET WITH ELASTIC COVER
To provide organized storage (clutter control) in the cab for miscellaneous equipment, the cab interior
will be provided with recessed storage pockets. The pockets will be 5.63" wide x 2.00" high x 4.00"
deep. The pockets will be provided with a perforated elastic material cover to secure the equipment in
the pocket. The pockets will be installed in all available mounting locations of the overhead console.
ELECTRIC WINDOW CONTROLS
Each cab entry door will be equipped with an electrically operated tempered glass window. Each
switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be
actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second. The driver control panel will
contain a control switch for each cab door's window. This control panel will be located within easy
reach to the driver in the center instrument console. The officer and crew cab door control panels will
contain a single switch to operate the window within that door.
21 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-37
The window switches will be connected directly to the battery power. This allows the windows to be
raised and lowered when the battery switch is in the off position.
ELECTRIC CAB DOOR LOCKS
The front driver and passenger doors will have a door lock master switch (custom designed rotary lock
knob) built into the interior door latch that will control all front and rear side exit door locks. Each rear
cab door will have its own lock control. Each door will have a keyed exterior lock mechanism built into
the door handle assembly.
There will be one (1) concealed switch on the exterior of the cab, located under the front full width
service access panel, that operates the cab door locks.
The lock system will include two (2) key FOBs that allow for keyless entry into the vehicle. The key
FOB system will use code hopping technology for high security and be FCC part 15 compliant.
KEY PAD FOR ELECTRIC DOOR LOCKS
For improved convenience, the cab door locks will include a Trimark keypad entry system to provide
complete keyless entry to the cab. There will be two (2) keypads provided, located one each side of
the cab behind the front cab doors. The keypads will include visual and audio feedback to confirm
activation and acknowledge correct entry code. For enhanced night time use, the keypads will be
lighted. For increased security, the system will allow over 3000 possible code combinations.
CAB STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest
possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip
pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and
drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt -in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be
replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 31.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 24.25"
wide with an 8.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 18.00" in height and be limited
to two (2) steps.
CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A 1.25" diameter slip -resistant, knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and
crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress.
STEP LIGHTS
There will be four (4) white LED step lights provided. There will be one (1) light installed at each cab
and access crew cab door.
In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc)
covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc
covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.
The lights will be activated when the adjacent door is opened.
FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings.
22 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-38
FIFTH WHEEL
The fifth wheel will be designed to allow the tiller trailer to pivot fore & aft and be rotated. The fifth
wheel will also be capable of full operation up to a 14 degree break over angle.
A fifth wheel lockout system will be provided to limit motion during aerial operations.
The fifth wheel lockout system, when activated, will prevent movement between the upper and lower
plates of the fifth wheel assembly.
In the normal road travel condition the cylinder mounted solenoid valves will be open and will allow
transfer of oil between the front and rear pair of cylinders.
When the stabilizers are in their proper supporting position and as the aerial leaves the boom support,
the solenoid valves will close.
The closed valves will allow no oil to be transferred and the fifth wheel assembly will become rigid.
A fill and a gauge port will be provided on the top of the trailer goose neck for maintenance.
FENDER PANELS
The chassis behind the cab will be assembled with fender panels over the wheels, running boards and
steps for access to the turntable and decking over the frame rails.
The fender panels will be fabricated of .125"-5052 aluminum with a 38,000 psi tensile strength.
Fender design will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.
Stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings.
A rubber welting will be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict
moisture from entering.
A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet
metal to prevent corrosion.
The area over the frame rails between the cab and fifth wheel will be covered with aluminum treadplate
to serve as a walkway area.
The walkway area will be properly reinforced with a steel substructure attached to the frame rails.
Running boards will be installed on each side directly behind the cab for access to the walkway area
behind the cab and the turntable.
The running boards will be covered with aluminum treadplate.
CREW CAB WINDOWS
One (1) fixed window with tinted glass will be provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the front
cab door. The windows will be sized to enhance light penetration into the cab interior. The windows
will measure 20.00" wide x 20.50" high.
23 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-39
WINDOWS INTERIOR TRIM
For improved aesthetics, the cab side windows will include a vacuum formed ABS interior trim panel.
RIGHT SIDE UPPER CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The upper window in the right side crew cab door will be tinted medium gray.
LEFT SIDE UPPER CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The upper window in the left side crew cab door will be tinted medium gray.
BEHIND RIGHT SIDE CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The window behind the right side front cab door will be tinted medium gray.
LEFT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the left side crew cab door will be tinted medium gray.
BEHIND LEFT SIDE CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The window behind the left side front cab door will be tinted medium gray.
RIGHT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the right side crew cab door will be tinted medium gray.
STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
Provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the crew cab access doors, will be a storage
compartment. The compartments will be approximately 10.71" wide x 30.00" high x 14.00" deep with a
clear door opening of 9.50" wide x 28.00" high.
The doors will be a painted single pan construction with one (1) locking D -ring latch. A rubber covered
bumper will be used as a door stop.
The compartment interior will be painted spatter gray.
Compartment Light
There will be two (2) white Amdor, LED strip lights provided, one (1) each hinged side of compartment
door openings.
CUP HOLDER
There will be four (4) cup holder(s) provided. Each cup holder will have self-adjusting fingers that
automatically grip beverage containers of various sizes. A recess in the cup holder will allow it to hold
beverage containers with handles.
The cup holder(s) will be located at customer pick-up.
EQUIPMENT MOUNTING SHELF
There will be a shelf for permanent mounting of equipment provided. A quantity of one (1) will be
located full width across the forward area of the crewcab, mounted on top the the cabinets. .
Each shelf will have a 2.00" lip around edge.
Each shelf will be fabricated from aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior.
24 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-40
Tray not intended for storage of loose equipment. Items stored on tray will be permanently attached to
meet NFPA requirements.
CAB INTERIOR
With safety as the primary objective, the wrap-around style cab instrument panel will be designed with
unobstructed visibility to instrumentation. The dash layout will provide the driver with a quick reference
to gauges that allows more time to focus on the road.
The center console will be a high impact ABS polymer and will be easily removable for access to the
defroster. The center console will include louvers strategically located for optimal air flow and defrost
capability to the windshield.
The passenger side dashboard will be constructed of painted aluminum for durability and low
maintenance. For enhanced versatility, the passenger side dash will include a flat working surface.
To provide optional (service friendly) control panels, switches and storage modules, a painted
aluminum overhead console will also be provided.
To complete the cab front interior design, painted aluminum modesty panels will be provided under the
dash on both sides of the cab. The driver side modesty panel will provide mounting for the battery
switch and diagnostic connectors, while the passenger side modesty panel provides a glove box, and
ground access to the main electrical distribution panel via quick quarter turn fasteners.
To provide a deluxe automotive interior, the engine tunnel, side walls and rear wall will be covered by a
leather grain vinyl that is resistant to oil, grease, and mildew.
The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. The headliner panel will be a
composition of an aluminum panel covered with a sound barrier and upholstery.
The cab structure will include designated raceways for electrical harness routing from the front of the
cab to the rear upper portion of the cab. Raceways will be extruded in the forward door frame, floor,
walls and overhead in the area where the walls meet the ceiling. The raceways located in the floor will
be covered by aluminum extrusion, while the vertical and overhead raceways will be covered by
painted aluminum covers. The raceways will improve harness integrity by providing a continuous
harness path that eliminates wire chafing and abrasion associated with exposed wiring or routing
through drilled metal holes. Harnesses will be laid in place.
CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be 36 oz dark silver gray vinyl. All cab interior materials will meet
FMVSS 302 (flammability of interior materials).
CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The following metal surfaces will be painted black, vinyl textured paint:
• Modesty panel in front of driver
• Vertical surface of dash in front of the officer (not applicable for recessed dash)
• Glove box in front of the officer (if applicable)
25 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-41
• Power distribution in front of the officer
• Rear heater vent panels
The remaining cab interior metal surfaces will be painted fire smoke gray, vinyl texture paint.
CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with PolydampTm acoustical floor mat consisting of a
black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler.
The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a
superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a 0.25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption)
which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels.
The rubber floor material will be overlayed with 8.00" x 8.00" aluminum treadplate rear of the
accelerator where the driver's heel rests.
DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab
above the engine tunnel area.
Cab Defroster
A 54,000 BTU heater -defroster unit with 690 SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The
heater -defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically
located in the cab header extrusion per the following:
• One (1) adjustable will be directed towards the left side cab window
• One (1) adjustable will be directed towards the right side cab window
• Six (6) fixed outlets will be directed at the windshield
The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under
conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 hours, and a 2 ounce
per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield. The defroster
system will meet or exceed SAE J382 requirements.
Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater
There will be one (1) 31,000 BTU auxiliary heater with 560 SCFM of air flow provided in each outboard
rear facing seat risers with a dual scroll blower. An aluminum plenum incorporated into the cab
structure used to transfer heat to the forward positions.
Air Conditioning
A 19.10 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine.
A roof -mounted condenser with a 78,000 BTU output at 2,400 SCFM that meets and exceeds the
performance specification will be installed on the cab roof. The condenser cover and mounting legs to
be painted white as provided by the A/C manufacturer.
The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees
Fahrenheit to 75 degrees Fahrenheit at 50 percent relative humidity within 30 minutes. The cooling
26 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-42
performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a
minimum of 4 hours.
The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel. The
evaporator will include one (1) high performance heating core, one (1) high performance cooling core
with (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the cab.
The evaporator unit will have a 52,000 BTU at 690 SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the
performance specifications.
Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:
• Four (4) will be directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab
• Four (4) will be directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab
Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following:
• Five (5) will be directed towards crew cab area
A high efficiency particulate air (NEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover
will be secured with four (4) screws.
The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-1 34A and will be installed by a certified technician.
Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the
cab. The controller will have three (3) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and air flow
distribution (front to rear) control.
The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of
the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab
temperature.
The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.
Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan
speeds to 100 percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.
Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (2) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will
have two (2) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan. No
pumps will be provided.
SUN VISORS
Two (2) smoked LexanTM sun visors will be provided. The sun visors will be located above the
windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab.
There will be no retention bracket provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed position.
27 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-43
GRAB HANDLE
A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver side and passenger
side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handle will be securely mounted to the post area
between the door and windshield.
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model 3SCOCDCR, 12 volt DC, 3.00" white LED light(s) with Whelen,
Model 3FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment
illumination.
These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised.
ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel,
inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface. The
door will be 20.00" wide x 8.25" high and be flush with the wall of the engine tunnel.
The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both
checking and filling. An additional port will be provided for filling the engine oil.
The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush latch will be
provided on the access door.
MAP BOX
There will be one (1) map box(es) with three (3) bins, open from top. The location required will be just
rear of the dash console with slots facing officer on top of equipment shelf. The map box(es) will be
divided into three (3) bins, each being 12.50" wide x 3.00" high x 12.00" deep. Each bin will slant 30
degrees from horizontal.
There will be additional storage areas located along side the map storage area. Each storage area will
be 4.00" wide x 6.00" high x 12.00" deep and located on the left and right side as the map slots face
forward.
The map box(es) will be constructed of. 125" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior.
MAP POCKET
Installed on each front door will be a map pocket. The pocket will be 13.50" wide x 14.00" high x 1.50"
deep and constructed of stainless steel. A rectangular notch will be provided in the center of the map
pocket that will be 9.50" wide x 9.00" deep to allow access the map books.
FRONTAL IMPACT PROTECTION
The cab will be provided with a frontal impact protection system and will include the following:
• A supplemental restraint system (SRS) sensor will be installed on a structural cab member
behind the instrument panel. The SRS sensor will perform real time diagnostics of all critical
subsystems and will record sensory inputs immediately before and during a frontal impact
event.
28 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-44
• A fault -indicating light will be provided on the vehicle's instrument panel allowing the driver to
monitor the operational status of the SRS system.
• A driver side front air bag will be mounted in the steering wheel and will be designed to protect
the head and upper torso of the occupant, when used in combination with the three (3) -point
seat belt.
• A passenger side knee bolster air bag will be mounted in the modesty panel below the dash
panel and will be designed to protect the legs of the occupant, when used in combination with
the three (3) -point seat belt.
• Driver and front passenger suspension seats will be provided with devices to retract them to the
lowest travel position during a frontal impact event.
• Driver and front passenger seat belts will be provided with pre-tensioners to remove slack from
the seat belt during frontal impact event.
The SRS system will provide protection during a frontal or oblique impact event. The system will
activate when the vehicle decelerates at a predetermined G force known to cause injury to the
occupants. The cab and chassis will have been subjected, via third party test facility, to a crash impact
during frontal and oblique impact testing. Testing included all major chassis and cab components such
as mounting straps for fuel and air tanks, suspension mounts, front suspension components, rear
suspensions components, frame rail cross members, engine and transmission and their mounts, pump
house and mounts, frame extensions and body mounts. The testing provided configuration specific
information used to optimize the timing for firing the safety restraint system. The sensor will activate
the pyrotechnic devices when the correct crash algorithm, wave form, is detected.
The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a frontal or oblique impact event:
• Driver side front air bag.
• Passenger side knee bolster air bag.
• Driver and front passenger suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position.
• Driver and front passenger seat belts will be pre -tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place.
SEATING CAPACITY
The seating capacity in the cab will be four (4).
DRIVER SEAT
A Pierce PS60 seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action
type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include manual controls to adjust
the height (1.12" travel) and horizontal (6.00" travel) position. The manual horizontal control will be a
towel -bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple
driver configurations, the seat will have a reclining back adjustable from 20 degrees back to 45 degrees
forward. The seat back will be a high back style, and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster
pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam
cushions.
The seat will include the following features incorporated into the frontal impact protection system:
29 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-45
A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated in the event of a frontal
impact, this system will pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position.
The seat will be furnished with a 3 -point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with
dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position.
OFFICER SEAT
A Pierce PS60 seat will be provided in the cab for the passenger. The seat will be a cam action type
with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the
horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel -bar style located below
the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple passenger configurations, the
seat will have a reclining back adjustable from 20 degrees back to 0 degrees forward. The seat back
will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever and will include minimum 7.50" deep side
bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual
density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation,
the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate
an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.
The seat will include the following feature incorporated into the frontal impact protection system:
A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension
the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position.
The seat will be furnished with a 3 -point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with
dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position.
RADIO COMPARTMENT
A compartment for the radio amplifier will be located on the floor of the cab behind the front
passenger's seat. A lift -up door with a chrome plated lift and turn latch will be provided for access. The
compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.
FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) forward facing flip -up seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew
cab. The seat back will have a plywood backing covered with foam padded upholstery. The seat
bottom will be constructed of a piece of plywood covered with foam rubber and upholstery. The bottom
cushion will have its bottom covered with brushed stainless steel for a pleasant appearance when the
seat bottom is in the up position. To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt
sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied
but not buckled.
The seat will be furnished with a 3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
FORWARD FACING CENTER CABINET
A forward facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the center position. Each of the forward
corners of the cabinet will be chamfered.
30 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-46
The cabinet will be 38.00" wide x 42.00" high x 16.00" deep with one (1) Gortite rollup door with satin
anodized finish, non-locking. The cabinet will be provided with no false floor. The frame to frame
opening of the cabinet will be 30.25" wide x 24.75" high. The minimum clear door opening will be
27.50" wide x 18.87" high.
The cabinet will include two (2) infinitely adjustable shelves with a 0.75" up -turned lippainted to match
the cab interior.
The cabinet will include louvers provided on the right side of the cabinet for ventilation and louvers
provided on the left side of the cabinet for ventilation.
The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.
Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the left side of the interior cabinet door opening.
The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch.
FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) forward facing flip -up seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the
crew cab.
The seat back will have a plywood backing, covered with foam padded upholstery. The seat bottom will
be constructed of a piece of plywood covered with foam rubber and upholstery. The bottom cushion
will have its bottom covered with brushed stainless steel, for a pleasant appearance when the seat
bottom is in the up position. To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors
in the seat cushion and belt receptacle, that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not
buckled.
The seat will be furnished with a 3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
SLIDE -OUT FLOOR TRAY
There will be one (1) sliding tray(s) provided on the floor.
The capacity rating will be 250 Ib minimum in the extended position.
The construction will consist of 0.188" thick aluminum formed to provide a 1.00" high lip around the
perimeter of tray.
Corners will be welded to form a rigid unit.
Slide mechanisms will have ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service.
An automatic lock will be provided for both the in and out tray positions.
The lock trip mechanism will be located at the front of the tray and will be easily operated with a gloved
hand.
Tray will be mounted to the floor of the cabinet.
31 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-47
REAR FACING OVERHEAD STORAGE COMPARTMENT
There will be two (2) overhead rear facing storage compartments installed at the raised roof within the
crew cab, on each side of the air conditioner. The compartments will be approximately 22.00" wide x
10.00" high x 34.00" deep at the bottom.
Each compartment will include one (1) lift up compartment door. Non-locking latch, paddle handle, and
gas operated stay arms will be provided.
The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.
COMPARTMENT LIGHT
The storage compartment lighting will consist of one (1) white LED strip light installed horizontally
above each compartment door opening.
SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be black Turnout Tuff material.
AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS
All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a Ziamatic, Model ULLH, SCBA holder bracket. This bracket
will be compliant with the current NFPA 1901 standards and will include a back plate, two (2) seats, a
footplate and a Model LLS (Load & Lock) strap to hold the bottle in the bracket. The bracket seats will
be a 'one size fits all" style seat and will accommodate SCBA cylinders from the high pressure 30 -
minute to the high pressure 60 -minute. The bracket seats will be adjustable up and down by unbolting,
relocating, and re -bolting in the desired position.
Provided with the SCBA seats, will be backrest inserts which cover the SCBA cavity. The insert cover
will be padded and covered with the same material as the seat. A total of two (2) inserts will be
provided rear facing seats. The seat back insert is designed to support the firefighters back, with or
without the SCBA bottle in place. The insert is held in place with two (2) elastic cords.
SEAT BELTS
All seating positions in the cab, crew cab and tiller cab (if applicable) will have red seat belts.
To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt
webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of NFPA 1901 and CAN/ULC - S515 standards.
The 3 -point shoulder type seat belts will also include the ReadyReach D -loop assembly to the shoulder
belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D -loop location placing the D -loop
in a closer, easier to reach location.
Any flip up seats will include a 3 -point shoulder type belts only.
SHOULDER HARNESS HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
All seating positions furnished with 3 -point shoulder type seat belts will include a height adjustment.
This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter.
A total of five (5) seating positions will have the adjustable shoulder harness.
32 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-48
HELMET HOLDER
There will be a total of four (4) Zico, Model UHH-1, helmet holder bracket(s) provided in the cab. The
brackets will provide secure storage and quick access to each helmet. The location of the helmet
holder bracket(s) will be determined at the time of final inspection.
CAB DOME LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Weldon 808* series, dual LED dome lights with black bezels provided. Two (2)
lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two (2) lights will be
installed and located, one (1) on each side of the crew cab.
The color of the LED's will be red and white .
The white LED's will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch.
The color LED's will be controlled by the lens switch.
ADDITIONAL DOME LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Weldon 8080/8081 series, dual LED dome lights with black bezel(s) mounted in
the cab and/or crew cab located standard crew cab location with the other two priced in option: 647638.
The color of the LED's will be red and white.
• The white LED(s) will be controlled by the same switching as the crew cab dome lights.
• The color LED(s) will be controlled by the same switching as the crew cab dome lights.
The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
OVERHEAD MAP LIGHTS
There will be two (2) white halogen, round adjustable map lights installed in the cab:
• One (1) overhead in front of the driving position.
• One (1) overhead in front of the passenger's position.
Each light will include a switch on the light housing.
The light switches will be connected directly to the battery switched power.
HAND HELD SPOTLIGHT
There will be four (4) Pelican Products, Model 9410L LED, 12v DC rechargeable lights mounted to be
determined.
The color will be yellow.
Each charger will be hard wired to the 12 VDC system.
HAND HELD SPOTLIGHT
There will be Pelican Products, Model 9410L LED, 12v DC rechargeable light(s) installed on the front
wall high in P1. There will be one (1) light provided.
33 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-49
The color will be yellow.
Each charger will be hard wired to the 12 VDC system.
CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel will consist of gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lights, alarms, control
switches, and a diagnostic panel. The function of instrument panel controls and switches will be
identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in
low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab
instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section directly forward of
the driver. Gauge and switch panels will be designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost
of ownership.
GAUGES
The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) black gauges with black bezels to monitor vehicle
performance:
Voltmeter gauge (Volts)
o Low volts (11.8 VDC)
• Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
o High volts (15 VDC)
■ Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
o Very low volts (11.3 VDC)
■ Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
o Very high volts (16 VDC)
■ Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
• Tachometer (RPM)
• Speedometer (Primary (outside) MPH, Secondary (inside) Km/H)
• Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions)
o Low fuel (1/8 full)
■ Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
o Very low fuel (1/32) fuel
■ Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
• Engine oil pressure gauge (PSI)
o Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms
■ Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
• Front air pressure gauge (PSI)
o Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
■ Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
• Rear air pressure gauge (PSI)
o Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
■ Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
• Transmission oil temperature gauge (Fahrenheit)
o High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm
■ Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
34 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-50
• Engine coolant temperature gauge (Fahrenheit)
o High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarm
■ Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions)
o Low fluid (1/8 full)
■ Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
All gauges and gauge indicators will perform prove out at initial power -up to ensure proper
performance.
INDICATOR LAMPS
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be integral to the gauge assembly and are
located above and below the center gauges. The indicator lamps will be "dead -front" design that is only
visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.
The following amber telltale lamps will be present:
• Low coolant
• Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable)
• Check engine
• Check trans (check transmission)
• Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat)
• Air rest (air restriction)
• Caution (triangle symbol)
• Water in fuel
• DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
• Trailer ABS (where applicable)
• Wait to start (where applicable)
• HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable)
• ABS (antilock brake system)
• MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable)
• SRS (supplemental restraint system) fault (where applicable)
• DEF (low diesel exhaust fluid level)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:
• Warning (stop sign symbol)
• Seat belt
• Parking brake
• Stop engine
• Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:
• Left turn
35 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-51
• Right turn
• Battery on
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:
• High beam
ALARMS
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning
message is present.
Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided
whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present.
Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the
top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will
intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp
will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning
or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively.
INDICATOR LAMP AND ALARM PROVE -OUT
Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove -out at initial power -up to ensure proper performance.
CONTROL SWITCHES
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument
panel within easy reach of the driver.
Emergency master switch: A molded plastic push button switch with integral indicator lamp will be
provided. Pressing the switch will activate emergency response lights and siren control. A green lamp
on the switch provides indication that the emergency master mode is active. Pressing the switch again
disables the emergency master mode.
Headlight / Parking light switch: A three (3) -position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The
first switch position will deactivate all parking lights and the headlights. The second switch position will
activate the parking lights. The third switch position will activate the headlights.
Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three (3) -position momentary rocker switch will be
provided. The first switch position decreases the panel back lighting intensity to a minimum level as the
switch is held. The second switch position is the default position that does not affect the back lighting
intensity. The third switch position increases the panel back lighting intensity to a maximum level as
the switch is held.
The following standard controls will be integral to the gauge assembly and are located below the right
hand gauges. All switches have backlit labels for low light applications.
High idle engagement switch: A two (2) -position momentary rocker switch with integral indicator
lamp will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch
position will activate and deactivate the high idle function when pressed and released. The "Ok
36 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-52
To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A
green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle
function is engaged.
"Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the
high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle
engagement.
The following standard controls will be provided adjacent to the cab gauge assembly within easy reach
of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.
• Ignition switch: A three (3) -position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided. The
first switch position will deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate
vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will disable the Command Zone audible alarm if
held for three (3) to five (5) seconds. A green indicator lamp will be activated with vehicle
ignition.
• Engine start switch: A two (2) -position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first
switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the
vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation.
• 4 -way hazard switch: A two (2) -position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first
switch position will deactivate the 4 -way hazard switch function. The second switch position will
activate the 4 -way hazard function. The switch actuator will be red and includes the
international 4 -way hazard symbol.
• Heater, defroster, and optional air conditioning control panel: A control panel with membrane
switches will be provided to control heater/defroster temperature and heater, defroster, and air
conditioning fan speeds. A green LED status bar will indicate the relative temperature and fan
speed settings.
• Turn signal arm: A self -canceling turn signal with high beam headlight and windshield
wiper/washer controls will be provided. The windshield wiper control will have high, low, and
intermittent modes.
• Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided.
• Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center
of the steering wheel.
CUSTOM SWITCH PANELS
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed
within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch
panels in the overhead console on the driver's side, up to four (4) switch panels in the engine tunnel
console facing the driver, up to four (4) switch panels in the overhead console on the officer's side and
up to two (2) switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing the officer. All switches will have backlit
labels for low light applications.
DIAGNOSTIC PANEL
A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side
door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to
37 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-53
connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership.
Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.
The diagnostic panel will include the following:
• Engine diagnostic port
• Transmission diagnostic port
• ABS diagnostic port
• SRS diagnostic port (where applicable)
• Command Zone USB diagnostic port
• ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator)
• Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable)
• Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable)
CAB LCD DISPLAY
A digital four (4) -row by 20 -character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel. The display
will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three
(3) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function. The upper left section will display the outside
ambient temperature.
The upper right section will display, along with other configuration specific information:
• Odometer
• Trip mileage
• PTO hours
• Fuel consumption
• Engine hours
The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will
automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm. The LCD will be
capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist.
AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible
alarm will be provided.
"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per
the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On."
The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a steady tone alarm
when the parking brake is released.
DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone Tm, color display located within sight of the driver
whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in
the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged).
38 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-54
The following messages will be displayed (where applicable):
• Do Not Move Truck
• DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open)
• PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open)
• DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open)
• PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open)
• DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open)
• PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open)
• Rear Body Door Open
• DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down)
• PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down)
• Deck Gun Not Stowed
• Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed)
• Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold -A -Tank Not Stowed)
• Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed)
• Stabilizer Not Stowed
• Steps Not Stowed
• Handrail Not Stowed
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major
damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the
parking brake is disengaged.
SWITCH PANELS
The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for
selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight (8) membrane -type switches each rated for one
million (1,000,000) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (8) switch assignments will include non-
functioning black appliques. Documentation will be provided by the manufacturer indicating the rated
cycle life of the switches. The switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position above the
windshield on the driver side overhead to allow for easy access.
Additional switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position(s) above the windshield or in
designated locations on the lower instrument panel layout.
The switches will be membrane -type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual
indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever back lighting is activated
and illuminated green whenever the switch is active. An active illuminated switch will flash when
interlock requirements are not met or device is actively being load managed. For ease of use, a two
(2) -ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed
in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low
light conditions.
39 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-55
WIPER CONTROL
For simple operation and easy reach, the windshield wiper control will be an integral part of the
directional light lever located on the steering column. The wiper control will include high and low wiper
speed settings, a one (1) -speed intermittent wiper control and windshield washer switch. The control
will have a "return to park" provision, which allows the wipers to return to the stored position when the
wipers are not in use.
HOURMETER -AERIAL DEVICE
The following aerial hour meter messages will be included in the information centers:
• Aerial Hours, that keeps track of the time the aerial device is in motion.
• Aerial PTO Hours, that keeps track of the time the aerial master switch is on and the aerial PTO
is engaged.
AERIAL MASTER
There will be a master switch for the aerial operating electrical system provided.
SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.
The above wires will have the following features:
• The positive wire will be connected directly to the isolated battery.
• The negative wire will be connected to ground.
• Wires will be protected to 50 amps at 12 volts DC.
• Power and ground will terminate lower portion of the EMS compartment on the passenger side..
• Termination will be to a Blue Sea System DualBus, Model 2723, 5 gang, dual bus bar terminal
block. The terminal block will include a cover.
Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.
This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set.
SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.
The above wires will have the following features:
• The positive wire will be connected directly to the isolated battery.
• The negative wire will be connected to ground.
• Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC.
• Power and ground will terminate Mount at post paint or final. one each side of the engine tunnel
between the forward and rear facing seats. Leave a 48" pigtail for mounting..
• Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover.
• Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection.
This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set.
40 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-56
SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.
The above wires will have the following features:
• The positive wire will be connected directly to the isolated battery
• The negative wire will be connected to ground
• Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC
• Power and ground will terminate to the MDC on the dash in front of officer, P5 mid way for drug
box
• Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing
• Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection
This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set.
SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be five (5) dual USB fast charge socket mounts installed on the apparatus.
The above wires will have the following features:
• The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.
• The negative wire will be connected to ground.
• Wires will be protected to 4.8 amps at 12 volts DC.
• The USB socket mount will be adjacent to power points.
• Termination will be a Blue Sea Systems part number 1045 dual USB charger socket.
• Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.
This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.
The above wires will have the following features:
• The positive wire will be connected directly to the isolated battery.
• The negative wire will be connected to ground.
• Wires will be protected to 10 amps at 12 volts DC.
• Power and ground will terminate behind the officer's seat for GPS .
• Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing.
Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection.
This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.
The above wires will have the following features:
41 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-57
• The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.
• The negative wire will be connected to ground.
• Wires will be protected to 40 amps at 12 volts DC.
• Power and ground will terminate 1 in the lower portion of the EMS compartment on the driver
side; 1 mount at post paint or final on the driver side of the engine tunnel between the forward
and rear facing seats with a 48" pigtail..
• Termination will be to a Blue Sea System DualBus, Model 2723, 5 gang, dual bus bar terminal
block. The terminal block will include a cover.
Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.
This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set.
CAT 6 SPARE WIRE
There will be one (1) CAT 6 network cable(s) installed in the apparatus. These cables will be terminated
with male RJ -45 modular plug and boot on both ends.
This wire will be routed from Behind driver's seat at radio installation and extended to P5 drug box.
This cable will not be connected to the vehicle electrical system.
SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be five (5) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.
The above wires will have the following features:
• The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.
• The negative wire will be connected to ground.
• Wires will be protected to 6 amps at 12 volts DC.
• Power and ground will terminate in the switch panel adjacent to 12 volt power points.
• Termination will be a Kussmaul part number 091-264 switch panel dual USB -A, 18 watt and
USB -C, 45 watt SVR, charger socket.
• Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection.
This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.
The above wires will have the following features:
The positive wire will be connected directly to the isolated battery.
The negative wire will be connected to ground.
Wires will be protected to 30 amps at 12 volts DC.
Power and ground will terminate in the tiller cab under the seat.
42 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-58
Termination will be with 3/8" studs and plastic covers.
Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.
This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set.
SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be four (4) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.
The above wires will have the following features:
• The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power
• The negative wire will be connected to ground
• Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC
• Power and ground will terminate two at rear forward facing seat to match 27173, 2 at dash
switch panel 9 and one in the tiller cab
• Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover
• Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection
The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set.
RED SWITCH
The front wheel lock switch will be red.
DASH PANEL RECESS
The dash panel across from the officer will be recessed to accommodate the mounting of
miscellaneous items. The recess will be 7.25" down x 7.81" back and 20.88" wide.
UNDER DASHBOARD LIGHT
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model OSROOMCR, red LED rectangular style lights provided in the cab
mounted under the dashboard. One (1) will be located under the driver side and one (1) under the
officer side dashboard.
The lights will activate with a switch in the cab located in switch panel #12.
RADIO
There will be a JVC AM/FM stereo radio with front panel USB jack, Bluetooth, and wireless remote
installed within reach of the driver.
The quantity and location of the speakers will be one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the cab and one (1)
pair of 5.25" speakers in the crew cab.
The type and location of the antenna will be a roof -mounted rubber antenna located in an open space,
on the cab roof.
43 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-59
SWIVEL MOUNT
There will be one (1) Johnny Ray, Model 203 swivel mount bracket(s) provided for the fire department's
radio equipment. The swivel mount bracket(s) will be located left side of the officer as wanted by the
customer. Installed at final inspection..
INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an
ABS plastic housing.
The information center will have the following specifications:
• Operate in temperatures from -40 to 185 degrees Fahrenheit
• An Optical Gel will be placed between the LCD and protective lens
• Five weather resistant user interface switches
• Grey with black accents
• Sunlight Readable
• Linux operating system
• Minimum of 1000nits rated display
• Display can be changed to an available foreign language
• A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab
instrumentation area.
• Programmed to read US Customary
General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If
information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used.
If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur:
• An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition
• A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition
• The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm
tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to
sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until
the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to
indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur
simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages.
• A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for
each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no
text or symbol.
Home/Transit Screen
This screen will display the following:
• Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped)
44 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-60
• Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information
center)
• Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information
center)
• Seat Belt Monitoring Screen Seat Belt Monitoring Screen
• Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped)
• Digital Speedometer
• Active Alarms
On Scene Screen
This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped):
• Battery Voltage
• Fuel
• Oil Pressure
• Coolant Temperature
• RPM
• Water Level (if equipped)
• Foam Level (if equipped)
• Foam Concentration (if equipped)
• Water Flow Rate (if equipped)
• Water Used (if equipped)
• Active Alarms
Virtual Buttons
There will be four (4) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC
switch panels.
Page Screen
The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further
functionality:
• Diagnostics
o Faults
■ Listed by order of occurrence
■ Allows to sort by system
o Interlock
■ Throttle Interlocks
■ Pump Interlocks (if equipped)
■ Aerial Interlocks (if equipped)
■ PTO Interlocks (if equipped)
o Load Manager
■ A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a
description of the load.
45 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-61
■ The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low
voltage condition occur.
■ The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed.
■ "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen.
o Systems
■ Command Zone
• Module type and ID number
• Module Version
• Input or output number
• Circuit number connected to that input or output
• Status of the input or output
• Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information
■ Foam (if equipped)
■ Pressure Controller (if equipped)
■ Generator Frequency (if equipped)
o Live Data
■ General Truck Data
• Maintenance
o Engine oil and filter
o Transmission oil and filter
o Pump oil (if equipped)
o Foam (if equipped)
o Aerial (if equipped)
• Setup
o
Clock Setup
o
Date & Time
■ 12 or 24 hour format
■ Set time and date
o
Backlight
■ Daytime
■ Night time
• Sensitivity
o
Unit Selection
o
Home Screen
o
Virtual Button Setup
o
On Scene Screen Setup
o
Configure Video Mode
■ Set Video Contrast
■ Set Video Color
• Set Video Tint
• Do Not Move
o The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not
stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated
• Driver Side Cab Door
46 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-62
■ Passenger's Side Cab Door
■ Driver Side Crew Cab Door
■ Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
■ Driver Side Body Doors
■ Passenger's Side Body Doors
■ Rear Body Door(s)
■ Ladder Rack (if applicable)
■ Deck Gun (if applicable)
• Light Tower (if applicable)
■ Hatch Door (if applicable)
■ Stabilizers (if applicable)
■ Steps (if applicable)
• Notifications
o View Active Alarms
■ Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is
shown with each alarm
■ Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced
• Timer Screen
• HVAC (if equipped)
• Tire Information (if equipped)
• Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped)
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen.
COLLISION MITIGATION
There will be a HAAS Alert®, Model HA5 Responder -to -Vehicle (R2V) collision avoidance system
provided on the apparatus. The HA5 cellular transponder module will be installed behind the cab
windshield, as high and near to the center as practical, to allow clear visibility to the sky. The module
dimensions are 5.40" long x 2.70" wide x 1.30" high, and operating temperature range is -40 degree C
to 85 degree C.
The transponder will be connected to the vehicle's emergency master circuit and battery direct power
and ground.
While responding with emergency lights on, the HA5 transponder sends alert messages via cellular
network to motorists in the vicinity of the responding truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.
While on scene with emergency lights on, the HA5 transponder sends road hazard alerts to motorists in
the vicinity of the truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.
The HA5 Responder -to -Vehicle (R2V) collision avoidance system will include the transponder and a 5
year cellular plan subscription.
Activation of the HAAS Alert system requires a representative of the customer to accept the End User
License Agreement (EULA) via an on-line portal.
47 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-63
VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information
provided.
The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient
location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve
required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to
download on-line.
The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN
inputs:
• Vehicle Speed - MPH
• Acceleration - MPH/sec
• Deceleration - MPH/sec
• Engine Speed - RPM
• Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle
• ABS Event - On/Off
• Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position
• Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position
• Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off
• Time - 24 Hour Time
• Date - Year/Month/Day
Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone T" color display and in
the center overhead of the cab instrument panel. The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to 10
seating positions indicating the status of each seat position per the following:
• Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated
• Seat Occupied & Unbuckled =Red LED indicator with audible alarm
• No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm
• No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when:
• The home screen is active:
o and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant.
o and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do
Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated.
The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and
the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park.
48 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-64
INTERCOM SYSTEM
A five (5) position intercom system with single radio interface capability at the driver and officer
positions and remote push to talk buttons located between the front facing seats will be provided. Two
(2) outboard crew cab positions and the tiller operator will have radio listen / intercom only.
The following David Clark components will be supplied with this system:
• One (1) U3805 radio cord junction module
• Two (2) U3815 Radio Interface Modules
• Two (2) Remote Push To Talk button kits
• One (1) U3800 Intercom Module (1 Crew)
• One (1) U3802 Intercom Module (1) Crew)
• One (1) C3820 Power Cable
• One (1) U3801 Intercom Module (Tiller)
• All necessary cables and connectors
RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE INCLUDED
All radio interfaced stations will have universal radio interfaces installed. The interface wiring will be
routed within the cab to in radio compartment .
UNDER THE HELMET HEADSET
There will be five (5) under the helmet, headset(s) provided seating positions.
Each David Clark, Model H3442, headset will feature:
• 5' Coiled cord
• Noise cancelling electric microphone
• Flexible microphone boom rotates 200 degrees for left or right dress
• Microphone on/off button
• Comfort Gel Earseals
• 23 dB noise reduction
RADIO EQUIPMENT
The following radio equipment shall be provided by the fire department for installation:
Mobile Data Computer
Mobile Data Computer Keyboard with mounting bracket
Docking station, power supply, inverter, cables
Modem, Antenna, power supply, cables
Five drop in radio chargers
800 MHz Motorola mobile radio, antenna, power supply, speaker, palm mic
EPCR
49 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-65
Multi Unit Battery Charger
EPCR tablet
110/12 volt inverter
HEADSET HANGERS
There will be five (5) headset hanger(s) installed driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side outboard
forward facing seat, passenger's side outboard forward facing seat and tiller operator seat. The
hanger(s) will meet NFPA 1901, Section 14.1.11, requirement for equipment mounting.
GPS / MULTIMODE ANTENNA INSTALLATION
There will be one (1) customer supplied GPS / Multimode antenna(s) with stud mount for thick roof
material to be installed on the roof. The antenna coax cable(s) will be run per the packing list /
instructions provided to the third party installer
Specific shipping requirements will be followed. The GPS / Multimode antenna will be sent to the
apparatus manufacturers preferred installer prior to cab fabrication.
PORTABLE RADIO CHARGER INSTALLATION
There will be three (3) customer supplied portable two-way radio chargers(s) sent to the apparatus
manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed 2 in Cab and 1 in Tiller cab. Specific shipping
requirements will be followed.
RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
There will be six (6) standard antenna -mounting base(s), Model MATM, with 17 feet of coax cable and
weatherproof cap provided for a two (2) -way radio installation. The standard mount will be located on
the cab roof, just to the rear of the officer seat and the additional mount(s) will be located on the lower
cab roof. The cable(s) will be routed in the lower portion of the forward facing EMS compartment .
ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily
accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting. Additional
electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical
power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located
strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical
distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers
and/or relays will be easily accessible.
Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying
customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership.
Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits.
All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component
damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type -I
automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to
50 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-66
protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125
percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.
Solid -State Control System
A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and
control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic
modules located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control
system will comply with SAE J1939-11 recommended practices.
The control system will operate as a master -slave system whereas the main control module instructs all
other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains
critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real
Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEKNDXTM specifications providing a lower cost
of ownership.
For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following
attributes:
• Green LED indicator light for module power
• Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status
• Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation
• No moving parts due to transistor logic
• Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators
• Integrated electrical system load management without additional components
• Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components
• Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration
• Factory and field re programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating
parameters
• Complete operating and troubleshooting manuals
• USB connection to the main control module for advanced troubleshooting
To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control
system modules will meet the following specifications:
• Module circuit board will meet SAE J771 specifications
• Operating temperature from -40C to +70C
• Storage temperature from -40C to +70C
• Vibration to 50g
IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary
immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter)
Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 16 volts DC
The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of
problems before they become critical.
51 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-67
Circuit Protection and Control Diagram
Copies of all job -specific, computer network input and output (1/0) connections will be provided with
each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection
information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information.
On -Board Advanced/Visual Electrical System Diagnostics
The on -board information center will include the following diagnostic information:
• Text description of active warning or caution alarms
• Simplified warning indicators
• Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm
• Red warning indication with steady tone alarm
All control system modules, with the exception of the main control module, will contain on -board visual
diagnostic LEDs that assist in troubleshooting. The LEDs will be enclosed within the sealed,
transparent module housing near the face of the module. One LED for each input or output will be
provided and will illuminate whenever the respective input or output is active. Color -coded labels within
the modules will encompass the LEDs for ease of identification. The LED indicator lights will provide
point of use information for reduced troubleshooting time without the need for an additional computer.
Tech Module with WiFi
An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface
will comply with IEEE 802.11 b/g/n capabilities while communicating at 2.4 Gigahertz. The module will
provide an external antenna connection allowing a line of site communication range of up to 300 feet
with a roof mounted antenna.
The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart
phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle
monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow
diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone T11, control and information
system.
The data logging capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command
Zone TM, control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the
fault occurs. The data logger will provide up to 2 Gigabytes of data storage.
A USB connection will be provided on the Tech Module. It will provide a means to download data
logger information and update software in the device.
Prognostics
A software based vehicle tool will be provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and
events.
The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone, color display and/or wireless
enabled device to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals.
Prognostics will include:
52 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-68
• Engine oil and filter
• Transmission oil and filter
• Pump oil (if equipped)
• Foam oil (if equipped)
• Aerial oil and filter (if equipped)
Advanced Diagnostics
An advanced, Windows-based, diagnostic software program will be provided for this control system.
The software will provide troubleshooting tools to service technicians equipped with a Windows-based
computer or wireless enabled device.
The service and maintenance software will be easy to understand and use and have the ability to view
system input/output (1/0) information.
Indicator Light and Alarm Prove -Out System
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab
instrument panel.
Voltage Monitor System
A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to
the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system
voltage is below or above optimum levels.
The alarm will activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes.
Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points
There will be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the
officer for two-way radio equipment.
• The studs will consist of the following:
• 12 -volt 40 -amp battery switched power
• 12 -volt 60 -amp ignition switched power
• 12 -volt 60 -amp direct battery power
There will also be a 12 -volt 100 -amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center.
Enhanced Software
The solid-state control system will include the following software enhancements:
All perimeter lights and scene lights (where applicable) will be deactivated when the parking brake is
released.
Cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for 10 seconds for improved visibility after the doors
close. The dome lights will dim after 10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear.
Cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for 10 seconds for improved visibility after the doors
close. The dome lights will dim after 10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear.
53 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-69
EMI/RFI Protection
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will
meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency
emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted
electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at
their source.
The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire
ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions,
electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1 GHz to
100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing
conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE J1113/25
Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1 GHz to 100 Volts/Meter requirements.
EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The
electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high-powered
two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to
minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility.
FLFCTRICAL
All 12 -volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern
automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or
conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal. Automatic reset
circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and
number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness
conductors at 2.00" intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and
environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive
fluids.
Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:
1. All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked,
will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.
2. Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that
will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside
of the cab or body.
3. Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts
and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be
provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for
inspection and service work.
4. Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab
or body. All non -waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent
corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).
5. All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative
compound added to the socket terminal area.
54 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-70
6. All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon (1890) applied completely over the
metal portion of the terminal.
All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108, will be
furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted
in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear
compartments.
An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the
electrical system is properly connected and in working order.
The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery.
BATTERY SYSTEM
Four (4) Deka, Model 1131XMF, 12 volt, 1000 CCA, 185 reserve capacity, high cycle, maintenance -
free, group 31 batteries with a system rating of 4000 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit and 740 minutes of
reserve capacity will be provided. The batteries will be provided with threaded studs.
ISOLATED BATTERIES
Two (2) 12 volt, Deka, Model 1131XMF, group 31 batteries will be provided for voltage sensitive
components. Battery isolators appropriately suited for the group 31 battery capacity will be supplied.
Each isolated battery will be separate from the system as well as each other. One isolated battery will
be located on each side.
BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on
the cab instrument panel.
MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate
the battery system.
An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery
system.
BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
The batteries will be stored in well -ventilated compartments that are located under the cab and bolted
directly to the chassis frame. The battery compartments will be constructed of 3/16" steel plate and be
designed to accommodate a maximum of three (3) group 31 batteries in each compartment. The
compartments will include formed fit heavy-duty roto -molded polyethylene battery tray inserts with
drains on each side of the frame rails. The batteries will be mounted inside of the roto -molded trays.
JUMPER STUDS
One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color -coded covers will be installed on the battery box
on the driver's side. This will allow enough room for easy jumper cable access.
55 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-71
BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Newmar, Model PT -40, three stage battery charger, provided. A bar graph indicating
the state of charge will be included.
The vehicle battery output will be capable of supplying up to 40 amps for charging the batteries.
The battery charger will be wired to the 120 -volt shoreline to activate automatically when the power is
connected.
The battery charger will be located in the left body compartment mounted on the back wall as high as
possible.
The battery charger indicator will be located behind the driver's door on the outside of the cab.
KUSSMAUL AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE
There will be one (1) Kussmaul Model 091-55-15-120, 15 amp 120 volt AC shoreline inlet(s) provided to
operate the dedicated 120 volt AC circuits on the apparatus without the use of the generator.
The shoreline inlet(s) will include red weatherproof flip up cover(s).
There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the
engine is starting.
The shoreline(s) will be connected to battery charger and inverter.
There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment.
There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:
• Line Voltage
• Current Ratting (amps)
• Phase
• Frequency
The shoreline receptacle will be located on the driver side of cab, above wheel.
BATTERY STATUS INDICATOR
The battery status indicator will be set up so that graph number one represents the charge status of the
chassis batteries and graph number two represents the charge status of the isolated battery.
One output of the charger will be connected directly to the chassis batteries and the second output of
the charger will be connected to the isolated battery.
ALTERNATOR
A Delco Remy®, Model 55S1, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 430
amps, as measured by SAE method J56. The alternator will feature an integral regulator and rectifier
system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257 degrees Fahrenheit (125
degrees Celsius). The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with
heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output.
56 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-72
FAN, ELECTRICAL COOLING
There will be one (1) 12 volt DC electrical cooling fan to exhaust the heat buildup in the 2 -way radio
storage cubicle located lower portion at tray height in the EMS compartment (just like 27071).
The fan will be activated when the battery switch is on and the ignition switch is on.
ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12 -volt
electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and
automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the
integrity of the electrical system.
For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the
vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management
tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed.
The system will include the following features:
• System voltage monitoring.
• A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling
on and off.
• Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels.
• Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.
• High Idle to not be controlled by the load manager.
o If enabled:
■ "Load Man Hi -Idle On" will display on the information center.
■ Hi -Idle will not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up.
• Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed.
• The information center indicates system voltage.
The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following:
• Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition.
• Individual load managed item condition:
o ON = not shed
o SHED = shed
SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset
sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a
gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12 volt load
to prolong the life of the alternator.
For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the
vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing
tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed.
57 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-73
Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch. When
the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half -
second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation.
When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light
loads in the reverse order.
Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half -second
intervals:
• Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
• Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
• Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
• Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
• Third Evaporator (if applicable)
HEADLIGHTS
There will be four (4) JW Speaker@, Model 8800, 4" x 6" rectangular LED lights mounted in the front
quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille:
• the outside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 low beam module
• the inside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 high beam module
• the headlight to include chrome bezels
The low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch is on.
The high beam and low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch and the high beam
switch is activated.
DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen 6000 series, LED combination directional/marker lights provided. The
lights will be located on the outside cab corners, next to the headlights.
The color of the lenses will be the same color as the LED's.
CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS
There will be seven (7) Truck -Lite, Model 35200Y, amber LED lights provided to indicate the presence
and overall width of the vehicle in the following locations:
• Three (3) amber LED identification lights will be installed in the center of the cab above the
windshield.
• Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each outboard side of the cab
above the windshield.
• Two (2) amber LED marker lights will be installed, one (1) on each side above the cab doors.
The lights will be mounted with no guard.
58 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-74
INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED turn signal marker lights furnished, one
(1) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light.
REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be three (3) LED identification lights located at the rear installed per the following:
• As close as practical to the vertical centerline
• Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart
• Red in color
• All at the same height
There will be two (2) LED lights installed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at
the rear of the apparatus per the following:
• To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
• One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
• As near the top as practical
• Red in color
• To be visible from the rear
• All at the same height
There will be two (2) LED lights installed on the side of the apparatus used as marker lights as close to
the rear as practical per the following:
• To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
• One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
• As near the top as practical
• Red in color
• To be visible from the side
• All at the same height
The lights will be mounted with no guard.
There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One (1) each side,
as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.
There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One (1) each
side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.
Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements.
ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL/MARKER LIGHT
There will be one (1) pair(s) of Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED lights provided, one (1) each
side located one each side of the tiller wheels fenders. The light will double as a turn signal and marker
light.
59 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-75
MARKER LIGHTS
There will be one (1) pair of amber and red LED marker lights with rubber arm, located at rear sides .
The amber lens will face the front and the red lens will face the rear of the truck.
These lights will be activated with the running lights of the vehicle.
REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
The rear stop/tail and directional LED lighting will consist of the following:
Two (2) Whelen®, Model M6BTT, red LED stop/tail lights
Two (2) Whelen, Model M6T, amber LED arrow turn lights
The lights will be provided with color lenses.
Each light will be installed separately at the rear with Whelen, Model M6FC, chrome flanges.
Two (2) Whelen Model M6BUW, LED backup lights, will be provided with a flange.
LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
There will be one (1) license plate bracket mounted on the rear of the body.
A white LED light will illuminate the license plate. A stainless steel light shield will be provided over the
light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear.
ADDITIONAL BRAKE/TAIL LIGHT
There will be one (1) Whelen, Model M613TT, LED brake/tail light with chrome plated trim and red lens
provided at the rear of the body, as shown on the AD print on the rear of the tiller cab.
BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is
shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically
adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels.
WARNING LIGHT FLASH PATTERN
The flash pattern of all the exterior warning lights will be set to meet the certified California, Title XIII
flash pattern by either the light manufacturer's default flash pattern or by a conversion change to the
certified flash pattern.
MAP LIGHT
There will be one (1) Sunnex Model SL9-200B25L LED map lights installed on the ceiling over the left
shoulder of the officer.
The light will be controlled by the switch on the base when the battery switch is on.
MARKER LIGHTS
There will be 12 lights of Truck -Lite, model 35200, LED, marker lights installed on this apparatus.
The marker lights will be wired to the running lights of the vehicle.
60 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-76
The lights will be located where required to meet DOT. These lights will be installed either recessed or
with metal flanges to protect them from most damage.
Yellow lights will be installed in any location forward of the rear most point of the vehicle. A single red
light will be installed at the rear most point only.
CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Amdor Model AY-LB-12HW012, 190 lumen, 12.00" long, white LED lights
provided under the cab and crew cab access areas:
• One (1) for the driver's access.
• One (1) for the passenger's side front cab access door.
• One (1) for the passenger's side crew cab access door.
• One (1) for the driver's side crew cab access door.
These lights will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the exit doors are opened
or by the same means as the body perimeter scene lights.
PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS, BODY
There will be four (4) Amdor LED lights with brackets provided.
The lights will be mounted in the following locations:
• One (1) Model AY-LB-112HW020, 350 lumens, 20.00" long light will be provided under the
driver's side turntable access steps.
• One (1) Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens, 20.00" long light will be provided under the
driver's side tiller cab access steps.
• One (1) Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens, 20.00" long light will be provided under the
passenger's side tiller cab access steps.
• One (1) Model AY-LB-112HW012, 190 lumens, 12.00" long light will be provided under the
passenger's side turntable access steps.
The perimeter scene lights will be activated when the battery switch is on, and a switch within reach of
the driver is activated.
ADDITIONAL PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) lights - Amdor® Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens, 20.00" long, with white
LED's installed with one (1) light under compartment D4 and one (1) light under compartment P4.
With the chassis battery switch energized, the lights will be activated by the same means as the body
perimeter lights.
STEP LIGHTS
There will be a total of sixteen (16) white LED step lights provided for access to the tiller cab and
turntable.
61 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-77
In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc)
covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc
covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.
The step lights will be actuated by the aerial master switch in the cab.
All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of NFPA 1901.
SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) pair of Whelen, Model M9LZC, LED scene lights installed on the rear exterior wall
of the tractor cab with chrome flanges.
The lights will be controlled by the aerial master switch.
CENTERING LIGHT
Two (2) lights will be provided on the cab roof to aid the tillerman in centering the tiller trailer with the
tractor
One (1) Weldon Model 9186-1500-50 green LED light will be installed on the tractor roof as far
rearward on the cab as practical that will be used by the tillerman to center the tiller trailer with the
tractor.
One (1) Weldon Model 9186-1500-10 red LED light will be installed centered on the cab roof.
Both of the lights will be provided on 12.00" brackets.
The light will be activated with the ignition switch.
EMERGENCY MASTER SWITCH
The label for the Emergency Master switch will be red.
LIGHT GUARD
There will be four (4) aluminum treadplate guard(s), provided to protect the HiViz light bar(s), scene
lights each side of body walkways .
AERIAL MASTER SWITCH
The Aerial Master switch will be red.
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be a HiViz Model FT -B -X-72 *-*, 2.56" high x 72.00" long x 3.31" deep 21,251.57 effective
lumens 12 volt DC LED light provided on the front cab roof as far forward as practical. The light will
include white scene LEDs. The white LEDs will be configured with a combination of flood and spot
optics.
The painted parts of the light housing and brackets to be painted job color.
The scene LEDs will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the
passenger's side switch panel.
62 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-78
The white LEDs may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) HiViz Model FT -MB -18 -TR *-*, 2.06" high x 25.20" long x 2.45" deep, 9,504 raw
lumens 12 volt DC light(s) with a combination of flood and spot optics and Trunnion adjustable
mounting bracket(s) installed on the cab Officer's side above crewcab doors.
The painted parts of the light housing and brackets to be white.
The light(s) will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the
passenger's side switch panel.
The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) HiViz Model FT -MB -18 -TR-*-*, 2.06" high x 25.20" long x 2.45" deep, 9,504 raw
lumens 12 volt DC light(s) with a combination of flood and spot optics and Trunnion adjustable
mounting bracket(s) installed on the cab Driver's side above crewcab doors.
The painted parts of the light housing and brackets to be painted job color.
The light(s) will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the
passenger's side switch panel.
The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) HiViz FIRETECHO, Model FT -MB -2.27*-**, 3.75" high x 30.20" long x 3.31" deep
19,958.4 effective lumens, 12 volt DC LED light(s) with flood optics and adjustable pedestal mounting
brackets mounted above tiller cab window.
The color of the light housing will be painted parts of the light housing and brackets to be painted job
color .
The light(s) selected above will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at
the passenger's side switch panel and by a switch in the tiller cab.
These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be two (2) HiViz FIRETECHO, Model FT -MB -2.27-**, 3.75" high x 30.20" long x 3.31" deep
19,958.4 effective lumens, 12 volt DC LED light(s) with a combination of flood and spot optics and
adjustable pedestal mounting brackets mounted Over P2 and P8.
The color of the light housing will be painted parts of the light housing and brackets to be painted job
color.
The light(s) selected above will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel.
63 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-79
These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen0 Model P*H1*, 8,875 lumens 12 volt DC LED light(s) with flood optics
installed on the apparatus located, one each side of rear tiller fender.
The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.
The light(s) to be installed in a 15 degree vertical recessed bracket.
The lights will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch in the tiller cab and
scene LEDs activated when the chassis transmission is shifted into revers and the emergency master
switch is on.
The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
HOUSING TO MOUNT RECESSED LIGHT ONTO A HORIZONTAL SURFACE
There will be four (4) housings fabricated with aluminum treadplate installed on the apparatus for all
scene lights on side of the body for the 12 volt DC recessed lights.
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be two (2) HiViz FIRETECHO, Model FT -MB -2.27 *-*, 3.75" high x 30.20" long x 3.31" deep
19,958.4 effective lumens, 12 volt DC LED light(s) with a combination of flood and spot optics and
adjustable pedestal mounting brackets mounted over D2 and D8.
The color of the light housing will be painted parts of the light housing and brackets to be painted job
color.
The light(s) selected above will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel.
These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
WALKING SURFACE LIGHTS
There will be Two (2) AmdorO, Model AY-LB-12HW0**, white 12 volt DC LED strip light(s) provided in
the cargo area to illuminate the interior surface of the cargo area. Light(s) will be located on the front
sheet of the body above the cargo area.
The light shall be activated when the body step lights are on.
RUNNING BOARDS
The running boards will be fabricated of 0.125" bright aluminum treadplate and supported by structural
steel angle assemblies bolted to the chassis frame rails.
Running boards will be 13.00" deep and are spaced away from the body 0.50".
A splash guard will be provided to keep road dirt or water from splashing up onto the pump panels.
The running boards will have a riser on the body to protect the painted surface from damage by
stepping on the running boards.
64 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-80
The entire surface of the running boards will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate.
SMOOTH ALUMINUM REAR WALL
The rear wall will be smooth aluminum.
TOW EYES
Two (2) rear chrome plated "tow" eyes will be located at the rear of the apparatus and will be mounted
directly to the torque box. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will be radiused. The tow eyes
will be oriented to accommodate a larger rear departure angle.
65 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-81
COMPARTMENTATION
Body and compartments will be fabricated of. 125", 5052-1-132 aluminum.
Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders.
Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.
Compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door
lip.
The compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again
.75" to form an angle.
Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion or formed
bright aluminum treadplate.
The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on
the front, rear and outward side. These covers will have the corners welded.
Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops.
All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent
injury.
A support system will be used which will incorporate a floating substructure by using Neoprene
Elastomer isolators to allow the body to remain rigid while the chassis goes through its natural flex.
The isolators will have a broad range of proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail safe
design, and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes. This will
result in a 500 lb equipment rating for each lower compartment of the body.
The compartmentation will include a 3.00" steel support assemblies which are bolted to the chassis
frame rails. A steel framework will be mounted to the body above these support assemblies connected
to the support assemblies with isolators. There will be one (1) support assembly mounted to each
chassis frame rail.
AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required
average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards.
LOUVERS
All body compartments will have a minimum of one (1) set of louvers stamped into a wall to provide the
proper airflow inside the compartment and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. These
louvers will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate.
TRACTOR RESERVOIR COMPARTMENT
A compartment will be provided ahead of the tractor fifth wheel.
The compartment on the left side will be approximately 30.00" wide x 37.75" high x 8.00" deep with a
door opening of approximately 25.50" wide x 31.25' high.
66 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-82
The compartment on the right side will be approximately 30.00" wide x 36.75' high x 8.00" deep. The
door opening will be approximately 25.50" wide x 30.25' high. The floor of this compartment will be
raised 1.00" to allow for proper clearance from exhaust components.
The transverse section will be approximately 19.38" wide x 15.50" high.
The compartment will be fabricated out of smooth aluminum and painted job color. Bright aluminum
treadplate will be provided on the top of the compartment.
An additional compartment module will be provided forward of the reservoir compartment for storage of
miscellaneous equipment. The compartment will be divided into an upper and lower section.
The overall dimensions of the compartment module will be approximately 11.00" wide x 73.50" high x
96.00" deep.
The interior dimensions of the lower compartment on the left side will be approximately 11.00" wide x
42.75' high x 9.13" deep in the lower section and transverse in the upper 26.88" of height with a door
opening of 8.75' wide x 41.75" high.
The interior dimensions of the lower compartment on the right side will be approximately 11.00" wide x
41.75' high x 9.13" deep in the lower section and transverse in the upper 26.88" of height with a door
opening if 8.75" wide x 40.75" high. The floor of this compartment will be raised 1.00" to allow for proper
clearance from exhaust components.
The interior dimensions of the upper compartment on both sides will be approximately 11.00" wide x
26.50" high and be transverse with a door opening of approximately 8.75' wide x 25.38" high.
The compartment module will be enclosed by one (1) single pan door, fabricated from smooth
aluminum and painted job color. One (1) D -ring latch will be provided in the center. There will be a full
height rod on the inside of the door that secures the top and bottom of the compartment. The rod will
be enclosed.
Bright aluminum treadplate will be provided on the top of the compartment module.
There will be two (2) LED strip lights mounted on the forward wall, one each side of the apparatus to
illuminate this compartment.
LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
Left side compartmentation will consist of the following:
Two (2) compartments will be provided in the front body section on the left side. Each compartment will
be full -height.
The forward compartment will be approximately 24.38" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a
minimum clear door opening of approximately 16.00" wide x 51.87" high.
The rear compartment will be approximately 67.25' wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum
clear door opening of approximately 61.50" wide x 51.87" high.
67 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-83
The upper 44.75" of each compartment will be transverse to the right side front compartmentation.
Both compartments will have roll -up doors.
Two (2) compartments will be provided in the center body section on the left side. Each compartment
will be full -height.
The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a
minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 51.87" high.
The upper 44.75' of the forward compartment will be transverse to the right side front
compartmentation.
The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door
opening of approximately 39.00" wide x 53.75' high.
Both compartments will have roll -up doors.
Four (4) compartments will be provided in the rear body section on the driver side.
The forward compartment will be 69.00" wide x 24.13" high x 24.50" deep, with a door opening of
63.50" wide x 18.75" high. This compartment will be located ahead of the rear wheels.
The two (2) upper compartments shall be 64.50" wide x 19.75 high x 12.00" deep with a clear door
opening of 60.00" wide x 15.25 high. Each compartment shall be provided with a lift -up door. These
lift -up doors will be provided with cylinders that allow them to open approximately 120 degrees.
The rearward compartment will be approximately 49.00" wide x 33.75' high x 12.00" deep with a door
opening of 43.50" wide x 29.87" high. The floor of the compartment will be approximately 7.75" higher
than the front compartment to increase the angle of departure.This compartment will be located behind
the rear wheels.
Both compartments will have roll -up doors.
RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
Right side compartmentation will consist of the following:
Two (2) compartments will be provided in the front body section on the right side. Each compartment
will be full -height.
The forward compartment will be approximately 24.13" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a
minimum clear door opening of approximately 16.00" wide x 51.87" high.
The rear compartment will be approximately 67.25' wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum
clear door opening of approximately 61.50" wide x 51.87" high.
The upper 44.75' of each compartment will be transverse to the left side front compartmentation.
Both compartments will have roll -up doors.
68 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-84
Two (2) compartments will be provided in the center body section on the right side. Each compartment
will be full -height.
The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a
minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 51.87" high.
The upper 44.75" of the forward compartment will be transverse to the left side front compartmentation.
The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum
clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 51.87" high.
Both compartments will have roll -up doors.
Four (4) compartments will be provided in the rear body section on the passenger side.
The forward compartment will be 69.00" wide x 24.13" high x 24.50" deep, with a door opening of
63.50" wide x 18.75" high. This compartment will be located ahead of the rear wheels and will have a
roll -up door.
The two (2) upper compartments will be 64.50" wide x 19.75" high x 12.00" deep with a clear door
opening of 60.00" wide x 15.25" high. Each compartment will be provided with a lift -up door. These lift -
up doors will be provided with cylinders that allow them to open approximately 120 degrees.
The rearward compartment will be 49.00" wide x 33.75" high x 12.00" deep with a door opening of
43.50" wide x 29.87" high. The floor of the compartment will be approximately 7.75" higher than the
front compartment to increase the angle of departure.This compartment will be located behind the rear
wheels and will have a roll -up door.
ROLLUP DOOR, SIDE COMPARTMENTS
There will be 12 compartment doors installed on the side compartments. The doors will be double
faced aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and
manufactured by Gortite®.
Lath sections will be an interlocking rib design and will be individually replaceable without complete
disassembly of door.
Between each slat at the pivoting joint will be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and
prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments. Seals will allow door to operate in extreme
temperatures ranging from 180 to -40 degrees Fahrenheit. Side, top and bottom seals will be provided
to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be made of Santoprene.
All hinges, barrel clips and end pieces will be nylon 66. All nylon components will withstand
temperatures from 300 to -40 degrees Fahrenheit.
A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll -up door. The keys
to be Model 751 to match all compartment and cab doors. Lift bar will be located at the bottom of door
and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge will be supplied over lift bar for
additional area to aid in closing the door.
69 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-85
Doors will be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat will be flat.
The interior surfaces will be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipment from jamming
the door from inside.
To conserve space in the compartments, the spring roller assembly will not exceed 3.00" in diameter.
The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00".
A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights.
DOOR GUARD
There will be 13 compartment doors that will include a guard/drip pan designed to protect the roll -up
door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard will be
fabricated from stainless steel and installed at each roll up door .
KEYED LOCK(S)
There will be six (6) compartment doors that require a keyed lock. The compartments to have a keyed
lock will be D2, D3, D9, P2, P3 and P9.
DOOR FRAME SCUFFPLATE
The Two (2) scuffplates will be provided for the lower door frame(s) compartments each side behind
cab. Each scuffplate will be brushed stainless steel with a .38" lip down.
SCUFFPLATE ON INTERIOR OF COMPARTMENT DOOR(S)
The two (2) compartment doors will include a polished stainless steel scuffplate to cover the entire
width and height on the inside panel of each door pan.
Scuffplate will be located tractor compartments.
ROLL -UP DOOR TRIM
The exterior of the aluminum trim around the door opening will be painted to match the color of the
applicable door.
There will be thirteen (13) compartments located all body doors with the trim painted.
COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be nineteen (19) compartments with On Scene Solutions LED compartment light strips. The
strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. The compartments with these strip
lights will be located all lap and roll up.
Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on.
COMPARTMENT LIGHTING, ADDITIONAL
There will be three (3) On Scene Solutions, Model Night Stik LED light(s) provided in the
compartment(s) located D6/P6 horizontally mounted to the ceiling front corner, rear corner and
centered between the toolboards. Each light will be 54.00" in length.
Opening the compartment door(s) will automatically turn the compartment lighting on.
70 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-86
CARGO AREA
A cargo area will be provided as space allows above the tiller water tank. The cargo are will be formed
by angles and or tubes attached to the cover over the water tank forming the four (4) walls of the area.
The exterior vertical walls of the cargo compartment will be formed treadplate and at a height just
above the fill tower so as to allow a cover to be installed over the top of the cargo area. The floor of the
cargo area will be aluminum treadplate (the cover over the water tank).
COVER, CARGO COMPARTMENT
A red vinyl cover will be provided over the cargo compartment. The cover will be secured with snap
fasteners.
MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be six (6) sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in LS1, LS3, LS4, RS1, RS3 and RS4. These
tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s), and will be full height of the
compartment. The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior.
ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be one (1) shelf with a capacity of 500 Ib provided. The shelf construction will consist of
.188" steel with 2.00" sides. Each shelf will be painted to match the compartment interior. Each shelf
will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.
The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.
The location will be D5 lower.
ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be nine (9) shelves with a capacity of 500 Ib provided. The shelf construction will consist of
.188" aluminum with 2.00" sides. Each shelf will be painted spatter gray. Each shelf will be infinitely
adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.
The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.
The location will be 1 in D1 upper, one in D5 upper, one in P4, 3 in P5, 1 P1 upper, 1 in P9 and 1 in
D9. .
SLIDE -OUT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TRAY
There will be two (2) slide -out trays provided.
Each tray will have 2.00" high sides and will be half (1/2) the depth of the transverse compartment and
be as wide as possible to fit the compartment. The capacity rating of the tray will be 500 Ib in the
extended position.
Each tray will be mounted on a pair of side mounted slides. The slide mechanisms will have ball
bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. The slides will be mounted to shelf
tracks to allow the tray to be adjustable up and down within the designated mounting location.
An automatic lock will be provided for both the in and out tray positions. The lock trip mechanism will be
located at the front of the tray and will be easily operated with a gloved hand.
71 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-87
The tray(s) will be located D7.
SLIDE-OUT/TILT-DOWN TRAY
There will be four (4) slide -out trays provided
The bottom of each tray will constructed of 0.188" thick aluminum while special aluminum extrusions
will be utilized for the tray sides, ends, and tracks. The corners will be welded to form a rigid unit.
Each tray will be designed for a 42.00" deep compartment and will be as wide and as deep as the
compartment space will allow.
A spring loaded lock will be provided on each side at the front of the tray. Releasing the locks will allow
the tray to slide out approximately two-thirds (2/3) of its length from the stowed position and tip 30
degrees down from horizontal. The tray will be equipped with ball bearing rollers for smooth operation.
Rubber padded stops will be provided for the tray in the extended positions.
The capacity rating of the tray will be a minimum of 215 Ib in the extended position.
The vertical position of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable.
The tray(s) will be located Modify the front the trays forward of the partition. remove the hat bracket,
install a flat mounting plate like what is at the rear, Shim to fit. top front trays to be as wide as possible
in the compt opening. lower assys 3- 4" as req. all in D7 Up. .
SLIDE -OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be two (2)floor mounted slide -out tray with 2.00" sides provided front and rear of P7. Each
tray will be rated for up to 2001b in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of a minimum
.13" aluminum painted spatter gray.
Slides will be equipped with ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. The
slides will be located on the sides of the tray so that the tray can be located as close to the
compartment floor as possible.
Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and 'but" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks
will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.
TWO WAY UTILITY SLIDE -OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be two (2) floor mounted utility slide -out tray(s) provided over the transverse area of D7.
Each tray will be rated for up to 5001b in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of .19"
thick aluminum for the tray bottom and special aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, ends and tracks.
The corners will be welded. The finish will be painted to match compartment interior.
The tray will be 3.00" high x 38.81" long x as wide as possible for the compartment. The tray will be
mounted within the transverse area of the compartment.
The tray will be supported with a minimum of six (6) ball bearing rollers. The tray will slide out to either
side of the vehicle, two thirds (2/3) of its length.
72 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-88
Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and 'but" positions.
STORAGE BOX
There will be one (1) storage box with reinforced cover provided.
The size of the compartment will be approximately 92.00" long x 24.00" wide x 14.00" high.
The compartment will used to store tools.
Construction will consist of aluminum treadplate box. There will be an outboard horizontal hinged lift -up
cover. The cover will have two (2) d -ring latches for the lift -up door.
The box will be located one each side of ladder.
Amdor LED lighting will be provided in the compartment to meet NFPA lighting requirements.
DRAWER ASSEMBLY
A slideout drawer assembly will be installed front of P6.
The clear dimensions starting at the top of the cabinet with the first drawer will be 3.00" with a face
plate that is 4.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the second drawer will be 2.75" with a
face plate that is 3.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the third drawer will be 2.75" with a
face plate that is 3.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the fourth drawer will be 2.75" with
a face plate that is 3.00" high x 21.00" deep. Each drawer will be the same width and not exceed
24.00".
The drawers will have a capacity of 250 pounds.
The drawers will be mounted in a cabinet housing constructed of light gray powder coated aluminum
with anodized aluminum frames. The housing will be 24.00" deep, and completely enclose the drawer.
A full-length aluminum extruded rail will be provided at the top edge of each drawer. This rail will act as
the latching mechanism as well as the handle for each drawer.
There will be a total of one (1) provided.
UNDER BODY CRIB COMPARTMENT
two (2) under body compartment(s) will be provided. Construction will be of bright aluminum treadplate
with an aluminum treadplate door. A paddle handle will be provided for opening the door. The door will
have weather stripping installed around all opening surfaces to provide a weatherproof seal.
The compartment will be installed under the body Under D4 and P4; Have the compartment start at
flush with the front of D4 and P4. The compartment will be 6.00" high by 70.00" wide by 31.50" deep
inside dimensions.
MATTING. COMPARTMENT FLOOR
Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in 14 compartments on the compartment floor. The
locations are, D8, D7, D6, D5, D3,D2, D1, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, P6, P8,.
73 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-89
The Turtle Tile will be black and the leading edge of the matting will include the beveled edge. The
beveled edge will be black.
LITTLE GIANT LADDER MOUNTING
Mounting will be provided for a Little Giant ladder laid horizontally on the floor of the compartment . A
pair of stainless steel angles and web straps will be provided to hold the ladder in place. Three (3)
strips of Durasurf wear pads will be provided to protect the floor. The mounting will be provided in
compartment floor of P4 see photo.
The size of the ladder will be Model 17, same as job 23440.
PARTITION IN TRANSVERSE COMPARTMENT
One (1) partition will be bolted in D7/P7. Each partition will be the full vertical height of the
compartment.
AIR BAG STORAGE
There will be a two (2) rack(s) installed for storing three (3) air bags in the D7, see photo's
compartment.
The rack will be fabricated from DA finished .19" aluminum, painted to match the compartment interior.
The rack will have half moon cutouts for grabbing the air bag. Velcro® straps will be installed to hold
the air bags in place.
The size of the air bags will be installed on top of each other just under the compt roll -up door guards.
Clear openings to be 1.25" with web straps to hold them in. bin in forward comp D7 will be 30" x 30".
The bin to the rear of the partition in D7 will be 30" wide x approx 33" deep..
REAR WALL
The entire rear surface of the apparatus and all the doors will be covered with smooth aluminum.
TROUGH, (2), LADDER & STOKES STORAGE
An assembly of two (2) aluminum troughs will be provided for the storage of a stokes basket and an
Little Giant combination ladder. The two (2) troughs will be enclosed in the same box, but be accessed
from separate doors. Each trough will have an lift -up access door on both the driver and passenger's
side.
The forward trough will hold the stokes basket and the rearward trough will house the combination
ladder.
The dimensions of the stokes basket and the ladder will be 85" x 10" x 25".
Located ahead of the boom support.
STRAP
There will be four (4) black 2.00" wide nylon strap(s) provided two on each air bag rack. The strap(s)
will be fastened with Velcro in the center.
74 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-90
SLIDE -OUT TOOLBOARD, ONE-WAY
A slide -out aluminum toolboard will be provided.
The tool board will be a minimum of .188" thick. A 1" x 1" aluminum square tube frame will be welded
around the perimeter of the board for additional strength. It will be a minimum of .188" thick with .20"
diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers between holes.
Interior tray dimensions will be approximately 42.00" long (one half of a transverse compartment) x full
width available.
The board will be mounted on a sliding tray. The tray will be mounted to the transverse floor.The
construction of the tray will consist of 6061-T6 aluminum extrusions for the sides with a .18" thick
aluminum floor. The corners will be welded to form a rigid unit.
The toolboard tray tracks will run to the inside door opening and be supported by a crossbar just to the
inside of the door opening to keep the ends of the slides from flexing.
The capacity rating will be 500 pounds minimum in the extended position. The slide assemblies will be
manufactured with 6061-T6 aluminum extrusions. The tray will be supported by a minimum of eight (8)
roller bearings each rated for a 500 pound load.
The toolboard will slide -out of the compartment two thirds of its length. Positive locks for the stowed
and extended position will be provided. The toolboard will slide out only one direction.
The toolboard will be mounted to the forward edge of the tray.
There will be two (2) provided D8/P8 as far forward as possible..
SLIDE OUT TOOL BOARD
There will be two (2) slide out aluminum tool board(s) provided.
It will be a minimum of .188" thick with .20" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers
between holes.
A 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the pegboard.
The board will be mounted on a two-way slide out utility type tray.
The board will be adjustable on the slide out tray.
The tray will be as wide as the compartment will allow.
The capacity rating will be 500 pounds minimum in the extended position.
Interior tray dimensions will be 85.00" long and will slide out to either side of the vehicle, two-thirds of
its length.
The toolboard tray tracks will run to the inside door opening and be supported by a crossbar just to the
inside of the door opening to keep the ends of the slides from flexing.
75 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-91
The construction will consist of .188" thick aluminum for the tray bottom, and special aluminum
extrusions for the tray sides, end, and tracks.
Corners will be welded to form a rigid unit.
Tray will be supported with a minimum of six (6) ball bearing rollers, each rated for a minimum 500
pound load.
Automatic locks will be provided for both the in and out tray positions.
P6/D6 Transverse compartments..
RUB RAIL
Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail.
Trim will be 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity.
The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event
of damage.
BODY FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings. These fender crowns
must be wide enough to prevent splashing onto the body from the specified tires.
A rubber welting will be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict
moisture from entering.
A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet
metal to prevent corrosion.
AIR BOTTLE STORAGE BIN
A storage bin will be provided for storage of 18 air bottles. This storage bin will be installed D4. Each
separate air bottle storage compartment shall be 7.00" square x 24.50" deep. The storage bin will be
formed out of aluminum and the flooring lined with Dura -surf. There will not be a back on this storage
bin. The bin will sit against the rear wall of the compartment.
EXTENSION LADDER
There will be two (2) 35' two (2) section aluminum Duo -Safety Series 1200-A extension ladder(s)
provided.
ADDED EXTENSION LADDER
There will be one (1) 24', two (2) section, aluminum, Duo -Safety Series 900A extension ladder
provided.
ROOF LADDER
There will be one (1) 16' aluminum Duo -Safety Series 875-A roof ladder(s) provided.
76 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-92
ADDED ROOF LADDER
There will be one (1) 14' aluminum roof ladder(s), Series 775-A provided Fly section of ladder. The
ladder(s) will have a special outside width of 16.00".
This ladder is non compliant to NFPA 1931, Chapter 4.2.2, "Standard for Manufacturer's Design of Fire
Department Ground Ladders"
Per Fire Department specification request of this ladder, the apparatus will be non compliant to NFPA
1901 standards at time of contract execution.
ADDED ROOF LADDER
There will be one (1) 20' roof, aluminum, Series 875-A provided.
AERIAL FOLDING LADDER
There will be one (1) 10' aluminum Duo -Safety Series 585-A folding ladder(s) provided and located in
the ladder storage compartment.
GROUND LADDER STORAGE
The ground ladders will be stored within the torque box and be removable from the rear. Ladders will
be enclosed to prevent road dirt and debris from fouling or damaging the ladders. The ladders will rest
in full-length stainless steel slides and are arranged in such a manner that any one (1) ladder can be
removed without having to move or remove any other ladder. Black Dura -Surf friction reducing material
will be added to the stainless steel slides, on the bottom horizontal surfaces, of the ladder storage rack.
A Gortite rollup door will be provided at the rear, double faced, aluminum construction, and painted one
(1) color to match the lower portion of the body. The latching mechanism will consist of a full length lift
bar lock with latches on the outer extrusion of the door frame.
A door guard will be provided to prevent tools inside the torque box from damaging the rollup door.
LADDER STORAGE LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Amdor Model AY -9220-020, white 12 volt DC LED strip lights used to illuminate
the torque box ladder storage compartment. One (1) each side will be located on the side wall of the
torque box near the ladder storage entry area.
The lights will be activated when the ladder storage compartment door is opened.
ADDITIONAL FOLDING LADDER
One (1) Revolution XE Model 12017 Little Giant folding ladder will be provided. The stored dimensions
will be 55.50" high x 23.75" wide x 9.25" deep. The weight will be 31.501b.
The ladder will be located in the compartment.
LADDER PLATE
A stainless plate with a two bend flange and a stainless steel hinge will be provided to secure the
ladder complement. The plate assembly will be mounted to the bottom of the entrance of the ladder
storage area.
77 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-93
When the plate is vertical, it will secure the ladders and prevent them from migrating to the rear of the
apparatus.
DURA -SURF LADDER SLIDES
Black Dura -Surf friction reducing material will be added to the stainless steel slides, on the bottom
horizontal surfaces, of the ladder storage rack.
8' PIKE POLE
There will be 8' Nupla RH-81DA aluminum pike pole(s) provided with D -grip handles and roof/vent
rubbish hooks. One (1) pike pole will be provided. The pike pole(s) will be located ladder
compartment.
6' PIKE POLE
Two (2) pike poles 6' long RH-6DA Nupla ventilation hook(s) with an aluminum D -grip handle will be
provided and located one in the ladder compartment and one on the tip of the ladder.
12' PIKE POLES
There will be two (2) Fire Hooks Unlimited, Model GBH -12, 12' Gator Back hook with fiberglass handles
provided. The pike pole(s) will be located in the ladder compartment.
PIKE POLE 8 FT
There will be one (1) Fire Hooks Unlimited, Model GBH -8, 8' long Gator Back Hook with fiberglass
handles provided.
6' PIKE POLF
Two (2) pike poles, Fire Hooks Unlimited, Model GBH -6, 6' long Gator Back Hook will be provided and
located in the ladder comparment.
PIKE POLE STORAGE IN TORQUE BOX/LADDER STORAGE
There will be ABS tubing provided in the torque box/ladder storage area for a total of six (6) pike poles.
If the head of a pike pole can come into contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will
be provided.
PIKE POLE STORAGE
Smooth aluminum U-shaped trough(s) for the storage of two (2) pike poles, with D -handle style grip, will
be provided and installed two trash hooks can be nested together with the tongs pointed down with one
of the roof ladders able to be removed through the tongs..
AIR HORN SYSTEM
Two (2) Grover, Stutter Tone air horns, 24.00" long, will be recessed in the front bumper. The horn
system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve
will be installed in-line to prevent loss of air in the air brake system.
Air Horn Location
The air horns will be located on the left side of the bumper, outside of the frame rail.
78 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-94
Air Horn Control
The air horns will be actuated by a chrome push button located on the officer's side of the engine tunnel
and by the horn button in the steering wheel. The driver will have the option to control the air horns or
the chassis horns from the horn button by means of a selector switch located on the instrument panel.
ELECTRONIC SIREN
A WhelenO, Model 295SLSA1, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided.
This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on.
Siren head will be centered overhead as shown on IP layouts on a swivel bracket so that it is
accessible to both the driver and officer. The swivel bracket will be capable of rotating a minimum of
180 degrees.
Siren will be actuated by one (1) foot switch located on the driver's side and by a push button located
on the officer's side instrument panel.
SPEAKERS
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model SP123BMC, 100 -watt, flange mount speakers with a chrome
plated ABS grille provided. Each speaker will be connected to the siren amplifier.
SPEAKER LOCATION
One (1) speaker will be located behind the front bumper, and one (1) speaker will be mounted at the
rear of the body.
The locations will be right side of bumper and center below ladder compartment.
AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
A Federal Q2B0 siren will be furnished.
The control solenoid will be powered up after the emergency master switch is activated.
The mechanical siren will be recessed in the front bumper on the right side. The siren will be properly
supported using the bumper framework.
MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren WIII be actuated by a push button located on the officer's side instrument panel
and by a foot switch on the driver's side.
A momentary chrome push button switch will be included in the right side dash panel to activate the
siren brake.
FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be one (1) 81.00" Whelen0 Freedom IV LED lightbar mounted on the cab roof.
79 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-95
The lightbar will include the following:
• One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side end position.
• One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side front corner position.
• Open in the driver's side first front position.
• One (1) red steady burning LED module in the driver's side second front position.
• Open in the driver's side third front position.
• One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fourth front position.
• Open in the driver's side fifth front position.
• One (1) white flashing LED module in the driver's side sixth front position.
• One (1) 795 LED traffic light controller set to national standard high priority in the center
positions.
• One (1) white flashing LED module in the passenger's side sixth front position.
• Open in the passenger's side fifth front position.
• One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fourth front position.
• Open in the passenger's side third front position.
• One (1) red steady burning LED module in the passenger's side second front position.
• Open in the passenger's side first front position.
• One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side front corner position.
• One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side end position.
There will be red lenses over the red sections that house the red LED's.
The following switches may be a installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar:
• a switch to control the flashing LED modules.
• the traffic light controller by a cab switch with emergency master control.
• no momentary switch to activate the traffic light controller.
The white flashing LED modules and the traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake
is applied.
The two (2) red flashing and two (2) red steady burn LED modules in the front positions may be load
managed when the parking brake is applied.
SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) 21.50" Whelen Freedom IV LED lightbars mounted on the roof, one (1) on each
side, over the crew cab doors.
Each lightbar will include the following:
• One (1) red flashing LED module in the outside rear corner position.
• One (1) red flashing LED module in the rear outside position.
• One (1) red flashing LED module in the front outside position.
• One (1) red flashing LED module in the outside front corner position.
80 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-96
There will be lenses that are the same color as the LEDs included on the lightbar.
There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbars.
These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
CAB FACE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Whelen®, Model M6*, LED flashing warning lights installed on the cab face,
above the headlights, mounted in a common bezel.
• The driver's side front outside warning light to be red
• The driver's side front inside warning light to be red
• The passenger's side front inside warning light to be red
• The passenger's side front outside warning light to be red
All four (4) lights will include a colored lens that is the same color of the LED's.
There will be a switch located in the cab, on the switch panel, to control the four (4) lights.
The inside lights may be load managed if colored or disabled if white, when the parking brake is set.
HEADLIGHT FLASHER
The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side.
There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This
switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on.
The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi -beam headlight switch is activated or when the
parking brake is set.
SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be six (6) Whelen®, Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning
lights with chrome trim installed per the following:
• Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side on the bumper extension. The driver's side, side front
light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side front light to include red
warning LEDs.
• Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side of cab rearward of crew cab doors. The driver's side,
side middle light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side middle light to
include red warning LEDs.
• Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side above rear wheels. The driver's side, side rear light to
include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs.
• The warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs.
There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights.
81 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-97
SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Whelen, Model M6*C LED flashing warning light(s) with bezel(s) provided
mounted above the body recessed in alnuminum treadplate boxes.
The color of the lights will be red.
All of these lights will include a clear lens.
These lights will be activated with the Side Zone Lower warning lights.
White LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.
SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be six (6) pairs of Whelen, Model LINZ6* LED flashing lights provided with chrome flanges.
The lights will be located in the rubrails.
The color of these lights will be red.
These lights will be activated with the side warning switch.
SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Whelen, Model 3S*OOF*R LED flashing lights provided.
The lights will be located outer lower corners on each door.
The color of the lights will be amber.
The color of the lenses shall be the same color as the LED's.
The lights will be with a Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC surface mount chrome flange.
Each light will be activated by the door jam switch of the associated door.
REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6*, LED flashing warning lights will be located at the rear of the
apparatus.
• The driver's side rear light to be red
• The passenger's side rear light to be red
Both lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's.
There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights.
REAR UPPER ZONE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model MCFLED2* LED warning beacons provided at the rear of the truck,
one (1) each side.
The color of the lights will be:
82 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-98
• The rear upper light(s) on the driver's side to be red.
• The rear upper light(s) on the passenger's side to be red.
All lenses will be the same color as the LED's.
There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the beacons.
TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model TAL65, 36.00" long x 2.87" high x 2.25" deep, amber LED traffic
directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus.
The Whelen, Model TACTL5, control head will be included with this installation.
The controller will be energized when the battery switch is on.
The auxiliary flash not activated.
This traffic directing light will be surface mounted at the rear of the apparatus.
The traffic directing light control head will be located in the driver side overhead switch panel in the right
panel position.
INVERTER
There will be a Xantrex Model 806-1802, inverter furnished and properly wired into the chassis battery
system.
This inverter will have a built-in 120 volt up to 30 amps transfer switch.
This inverter has been rated at 1350 watts to meet the NFPA testing requirements.
The inverter will provide 120 volts AC power when the shoreline inlet is not connected.
It will be mounted inside the cab to match 27173 and have adequate ventilation. The master switch will
be located in the cab.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM GENERAL DESIGN FOR ALTERNATING CURRENT
The following guidelines will apply to the 120/240 VAC system installation:
General
Any fixed line voltage power source producing alternating current (ac) line voltage will produce electric
power at 60 cycles plus or minus 3 cycles.
Except where superseded by the requirements of NFPA 1901, all components, equipment and
installation procedures will conform to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (herein referred to as the
NEC).
Line voltage electrical system equipment and materials included on the apparatus will be listed and
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. All products will be used only in the
manner for which they have been listed.
83 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-99
Grounding
Grounding will be in accordance with Section 250-6 "Portable and Vehicle Mounted Generators" of the
NEC. Ungrounded systems will not be used. Only stranded or braided copper conductors will be used
for grounding and bonding.
An equipment grounding means will be provided in accordance with Section 250-91 (Grounding
Conductor Material) of the NEC.
The grounded current carrying conductor (neutral) will be insulated from the equipment grounding
conductors and from the equipment enclosures and other grounded parts. The neutral conductor will be
colored white or gray in accordance with Section 200-6 (Means of Identifying Grounding Conductors) of
the NEC.
In addition to the bonding required for the low voltage return current, each body and driving or crew
compartment enclosure will be bonded to the vehicle frame by a copper conductor. This conductor will
have a minimum amperage rating of 115 percent of the nameplate current rating of the power source
specification label as defined in Section 310-15 (amp capacities) of the NEC. A single conductor
properly sized to meet the low voltage and line voltage requirements will be permitted to be used.
All power source system mechanical and electrical components will be sized to support the continuous
duty nameplate rating of the power source.
Operation
Instructions that provide the operator with the essential power source operating instructions, including
the power -up and power -down sequence, will be permanently attached to the apparatus at any point
where such operations can take place.
Provisions will be made for quickly and easily placing the power source into operation. The control will
be marked to indicate when it is correctly positioned for power source operation. Any control device
used in the drive train will be equipped with a means to prevent the unintentional movement of the
control device from its set position.
A power source specification label will be permanently attached to the apparatus near the operator's
control station. The label will provide the operator with the following information:
• Rated voltage(s) and type (ac or dc)
• Phase
• Rated frequency
• Rated amperage
• Continuous rated watts
• Power source engine speed
Direct drive (PTO) and portable generator installations will comply with Article 445 (Generators) of the
NEC.
84 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-100
Overcurrent protection
The conductors used in the power supply assembly between the output terminals of the power source
and the main over current protection device will not exceed 144.00" (3658 mm) in length.
For fixed power supplies, all conductors in the power supply assembly will be type THHW, THW, or use
stranded conductors enclosed in nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated for a minimum of 194
degree Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius).
For portable power supplies, conductors located between the power source and the line side of the
main overcurrent protection device will be type SO or type SEO with suffix WA flexible cord rated for
600 -volts at 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius).
Wiring Methods
Fixed wiring systems will be limited to the following:
Metallic or nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit
(90 degrees Celsius)
• or
• Type SO or Type SEO cord with a WA suffix, rated at 600 volts at not less than 194 degrees
Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius)
Electrical cord or conduit will not be attached to chassis suspension components, water or fuel lines, air
or air brake lines, fire pump piping, hydraulic lines, exhaust system components, or low voltage wiring.
In addition the wiring will be run as follows.
• Separated by a minimum of 12.00" (305 mm), or properly shielded, from exhaust piping
• Separated from fuel lines by a minimum of 6.00" (152 mm) distance
Electrical cord or conduit will be supported within 6.00" (152 mm) of any junction box and at a minimum
of every 24.00" (610 mm) of continuous run. Supports will be made of nonmetallic materials or
corrosion protected metal. All supports will be of a design that does not cut or abrade the conduit or
cable and will be mechanically fastened to the vehicle.
Wiring Identification
All line voltage conductors located in the main panel board will be individually and permanently
identified. The identification will reference the wiring schematic or indicate the final termination point.
When prewiring for future power sources or devices, the unterminated ends will be labeled showing
function and wire size.
Wet Locations
All wet location receptacle outlets and inlet devices, including those on hardwired remote power
distribution boxes, will be of the grounding type provided with a wet location cover and installed in
accordance with Section 210-7 "Receptacles and Cord Connections" of the NEC.
All receptacles located in a wet location will be not less than 24.00" (610 mm) from the ground.
Receptacles on off-road vehicles will be a minimum of 30.00" (762 mm) from the ground.
85 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-101
The face of any wet location receptacle will be installed in a plane from vertical to not more than 45
degrees off vertical. No receptacle will be installed in a face up position.
Dry Locations
All receptacles located in a dry location will be of the grounding type. Receptacles will be not less than
30.00" (762 mm) above the interior floor height.
All receptacles will be marked with the type of line voltage (120 -volts or 240 -volts) and the current rating
in amps. If the receptacles are direct current, or other than single phase, they will be so marked.
Listing
All receptacles and electrical inlet devices will be listed to UL 498, Standard for Safety Attachment
Plugs and Receptacles, or other appropriate performance standards. Receptacles used for direct
current voltages will be rated for the appropriate service.
Electrical System Testing
The wiring and associated equipment will be tested by the apparatus manufacturer or the installer of
the line voltage system.
The wiring and permanently connected devices and equipment will be subjected to a dielectric voltage
withstand test of 900 -volts for one (1) minute. The test will be conducted between live parts and the
neutral conductor, and between live parts and the vehicle frame with any switches in the circuit(s)
closed. This test will be conducted after all body work has been completed.
Electrical polarity verification will be made of all permanently wired equipment and receptacles to
determine that connections have been properly made.
Operational Test per Current NFPA 1901 Standard
The apparatus manufacturer will perform the following operation test and ensure that the power source
and any devices that are attached to the line voltage electrical system are properly connected and in
working order. The test will be witnessed and the results certified by an independent third -party
certification organization.
The prime mover will be started from a cold start condition and the line voltage electrical system loaded
to 100 percent of the nameplate rating.
The power source will be operated at 100 percent of its nameplate voltage for a minimum of two (2)
hours unless the system meets category certification as defined in the current NFPA 1901 standard.
Where the line voltage power is derived from the vehicle's low voltage system, the minimum continuous
electrical load as defined in the current NFPA 1901 standard will be applied to the low voltage electrical
system during the operational test.
GENERATOR
The apparatus will be equipped with a complete electrical power system. The generator will be a
Harrison Model 15.0 MPC 15.0 kW Hydraulic unit. The wiring and generator installation will conform to
the present National Electrical Codes Standards of the National Fire Protection Association. The
86 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-102
installation will be designed for continuous operation without overheating and undue stress on
components.
Generator Performance
- Continuous Duty Rating: 15,000 watts
- Nominal Volts: 120/240
- Amperage: 125 @ 120 volts, 62.5 @ 240 volts
- Phase: Single
- Cycles: 60 hertz
- Engine Speed at Engagement: Idle
- RPM range: 925 to 3,000 (hydraulic pump)
Generator Dimensions
- Length: 35.00 inches
- Width: 23.00 inches
- Height: 19.00 inches
- Weight: 455 pounds (dry)
The output of the generator will be controlled by an internal hydraulic system. An electrical instrument
gauge panel will be provided for the operator to monitor and control all electrical operations and output.
The generator will be driven by a transmission power take off unit, through a hydraulic pump and motor.
The generator will include an electrical control inside the cab. The hydraulic engagement supply will be
operational at any time (no interlocks).
An electric/hydraulic valve will supply hydraulic fluid to the clutch engagement unit provided on the
chassis PTO drive.
Generator Instruments and Controls
To properly monitor the generator performance a digital meter panel will be furnished and mounted next
to the circuit breaker panel. The meter will indicate the following items:
- Voltage
- Amperage for both lines
- Frequency
87 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-103
- Generator run hours
- Over current indication
- Over temperature indication
- "Power On" indication
The meter and indicators will be installed near eye level in the compartment. Instruments will be flush
mounted in an appropriate sized weatherproof electrical enclosure. All instruments used will be
accurate within +/- two (2) percent.
Load Center:
The main load center will be a Cutler Hammer with circuit breakers rated to load demand.
Circuit Breakers:
Individual breakers will be provided for all on-line equipment to isolate a tripped breaker from affecting
any other on-line equipment.
GENERATOR LOCATION
The generator will be mounted in the area above the goose neck of the tiller trailer. The flooring in this
area will be either reinforced or constructed, in such a manner, that it will handle the additional weight
of the generator.
GENERATOR START
There will be a switch provided on the cab instrument panel to engage the generator.
GENERATOR REMOTE START
There will be one (1) remote start switch provided in the cab switch panel, near the circuit breaker box
and at the aerial turntable to engage the hydraulic generator PTO and field. A light at each switch
location will be provided to indicate that the generator is running.
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
The circuit breaker panel will be located high on the left wall of compartment LS8.
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
A circuit breaker panel will be installed in the rear wall of D8. A directory for each breaker will be
provided adjacent to the circuit breaker panel. Identification of circuits will be done in a durable manner
that provides years of service.
GENERATOR DEFLECTOR AND SOUND REDUCING PACKAGE
There will be a sound dampening deflector constructed of aluminum treadplate provided for the
generator located on top of the tiller gooseneck. The deflector will be located on the cab side of the
generator and run side to side between the cord reel enclosures. The defector will break back at a 45
degree over the top air intake opening on the generator. There will be sound deadening material
provided between the generator and the treadplate deflector. The generator will be mounted on a .5"
thick rubber mounting to reduce vibration and sound transfer to the treadplate on the gooseneck.
88 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-104
BRACKETS, 120/240 VOLT LIGHT
There will be two (2) pair of aluminum treadplate brackets installed 1 Each side above P6/D6 & 1 each
side above P2/D2 for the recessed flood lights. The brackets will have all wiring totally enclosed.
LIGHT TOWER
There will be one (1) Will -Burt, Model NS2.3-6000 OPT, light tower provided.
There will be four (4) Fire Research, Model M15, 1500 watt, 240 volt AC light heads included on this
tower.
The painted parts of the light tower and the light heads to be white.
This tower will be connected to the Do Not Move Truck Indicator in the cab.
The lights included on this tower will be powered through the AC breaker box.
Light Tower Location
The light tower will be installed on the crew cab roof.
Light Tower Controller
There will be one (1) handheld wired controller included.
LOCATION FOR THE LIGHT TOWER CONTROLLER
The light tower controller will be installed DS cab exterior compartment .
ELECTRIC CORD REEL
Furnished with the 120 volt AC electrical system will be a Hannay, Series 1600, cord reel. The reel will
be provided with a 12 -volt electric rewind switch, that is guarded to prevent accidental operation and
labeled for its intended use. The switch will be protected with a fuse and installed at a height not to
exceed 72.00" above the operators standing position.
The exterior finish of the reel(s) will be painted #269 gray from the reel manufacturer.
A captive roller assembly to be provided to aid in the payout and loading of the reel. A ball stop will be
provided to prevent the cord from being wound on the reel.
A label will be provided in a readily visible location adjacent to the reel. The label will indicate current
rating, current type, phase, voltage and total cable length.
A total of two (2) cord reels will be provided one (1) outboard on the driver's side gooseneck and one
(1) outboard on the passenger's side gooseneck.
The cord reel will be configured with three (3) conductors.
CORD
Provided for electric distribution will be two (2) lengths, one (1) for each reel, of 200 feet of yellow 10/3
electrical cord, weather resistant 105 degree Celsius to -50 degree Celsius, 600 volt jacketed SOOW
cord. No connector will be installed on the end of the cord.
89 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-105
PORTABLE JUNCTION BOX
There will be two (2) Akron EJBX electric junction box(es) provided.
There will be a cable strain relief and direct connection, no plug provided for each box.
Each box will be provided with the following:
• four (4) 20 amp 120 volt AC twist lock receptacles with flip up covers
• a 120 volt AC light inside the box
REEL ENCLOSURE
An aluminum treadplate enclosure will be installed over the reel. The enclosure will be provided with a
stainless steel hinge that will allow the cover to be opened.
A captive roller assembly will be provided through the side sheet to assist with the pay out of the cord.
A ball stop will be provided on the cord to stop the cord at the roller assembly
A total of two (2) will be installed On gooseneck.
JUNCTION BOX HOLDER
There will be an aluminum junction box holder installed adjacent to the cord reel. A total of two (2) will
be mounted at pick-up.
120 VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be two (2), 20 amp 120 volt AC three (3) wire twist lock receptacle(s) with waterproof flip up
cover(s) installed on the left rear fender panel and on the right rear fender panel. The NEMA
configuration for the receptacles will be L5 -20R.
The receptacle(s) will be powered from the on board generator.
There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:
• Line Voltage
• Current Ratting (amps)
• Phase
• Frequency
120 VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be three (3), 15/20 amp 120 volt AC three (3) wire straight blade duplex GFCI receptacle(s)
with exterior flip up cover(s) installed in the EMS cab compartment upper left facing the center of the
compartment, in P5 mounted to the front wall 10" from the floor, mount to the side of the rear map box
toward the front.. The NEMA configuration for the receptacles will be 5-20R.
The receptacle(s) will be powered from the on board 12 volt DC to 120 volt AC power inverter.
There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:
• Line Voltage
90 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-106
• Current Ratting (amps)
• Phase
• Frequency
91 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-107
FOUR M -SECTION 107 FOOT TRACTOR -DRAWN AERIAL LADDER
CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
The ladder will be constructed to meet all of the requirements as described in the current NFPA 1901
standards.
The aerial device will be a true ladder type device; therefore ladders attached to booms will not be
considered.
These capabilities will be established in an unsupported configuration.
All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of a ductile material will have
a design stress of not more than 50% of the minimum yield strength of the material based on the
combination of the live load and the dead load. This 2:1 structural safety factor meets the current
NFPA 1901 standard.
All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of non -ductile material will
have a design stress of not more than 20% of the minimum ultimate strength of the material, based on
the combination of the rated capacity and the dead load. This 5:1 safety factor meets the current NFPA
1901 standard.
Wire ropes and attaching systems used to extend and retract the fly sections will have a 5:1 safety
factor based on the ultimate strength under all operating conditions. The factor of safety for the wire
rope will remain above 2:1 during any extension or retraction stall. The minimum ratio of the diameter
of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used will be 1:12. Wire ropes will be constructed of
seven (7) strands over an inner wire core for increased flexibility. The wire rope will be galvanized to
reduce corrosion.
The aerial base pivot bearings will be maintenance free type bearings and require no external
lubrication.
The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-half times its rated tip load
capacity (live load) in every position in which the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a
firm level surface.
The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-third times its rated tip load
capacity (live load) in every position the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a slope of
five degrees downward in the direction most likely to cause overturning.
With the aerial device out of the cradle and in the fully extended position at zero degrees elevation, a
test load will be applied in a horizontal direction normal to the centerline of the ladder. The turntable
will not rotate and the ladder will not deflect beyond what the product specification allows.
All welding of aerial components, including the aerial ladder sections, turntable, pedestal, and
outriggers, will be in compliance with the American Welding Society standards. All welding personnel
will be certified, as qualified under AWS welding codes.
92 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-108
The aerial device will be capable of operating in conditions of wind up to 50 mph and icing conditions of
up to a .25" coating over the aerial structure.
All of the design criteria must be supported by the following test data:
- Strain gage testing of the complete aerial device
- Analysis of deflection data taken while the aerial device was under test load
The following standards for materials are to be used in the design of the aerial device:
- Materials are to be certified by the mill that manufactured the material
- Material testing that is performed after the mill test will be for verification only and not with the intent of
changing the classification
- All welded structural components for the ladder will be traceable to their mill lots.
LADDER CONSTRUCTION
The ladder is comprised of four (4) sections.
The ladder will have the capability to support a minimum of 750 pounds at the tip in the unsupported
configuration, based upon 360 degree rotation, up to full extension and from -10 degrees to +77
degrees.
The ladder (handrails, baserails, trusses, K -braces and rungs) will be constructed of high strength low
alloy steel, minimum 100,000 pounds per square inch yield, with full traceability on all structural
members. "
Each section will be trussed diagonally, vertically and horizontally using welded steel tubing.
All ladder rungs are round and welded to each section utilizing "K" bracing for lateral and torsional
rigidity.
The inside width dimensions of the ladder will be:
- Base Section41.87"
- Lower Mid Section34.88"
- Upper Mid Section27.87"
- Fly Section21.63"
The height of the handrails above the centerline of the rungs will be:
- Base Section26.28"
- Lower Mid Section22.68"
- Upper Mid Section20.O6"
93 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-109
- Fly Section 17.32"
The ladder will be designed to provide continuous egress for firefighters and civilians from an elevated
position to the ground.
The egress section will be designed to maintain the rated load of the aerial device. It will be bolted on
for easy replacement. There will be a tow eye welded on to each side of the egress.
VERTICAL HEIGHT
The ladder will extend to a minimum height of 107' above the ground at full extension and elevation.
The measurement of height will be consistent with NFPA standards.
HORIZONTAL REACH
The rated horizontal reach will be 100'. The measurement of horizontal reach will be consistent with
NFPA standards.
TURNTABLE
The upper turntable assembly will connect the aerial ladder to the turntable bearing. The steel structure
will have a mounting position for the aerial elevation cylinders, ladder connecting pins, and upper
turntable operator's position.
The turntable will be a 0.375" thick steel deck, coated with an non-skid, chemical resistant material in
the walking areas. The stepping surfaces will meet the skid -resistance requirements of the current
NFPA 1901 standard.
The turntable handrails will be a minimum 42.00" high and will not increase the overall travel height of
the vehicle. The handrails will be constructed from aluminum and have a slip resistant knurled surface.
The turntable vertical handrail spacing will be designed with a 44.00" wide x 27.00" high opening to
allow for equipment to pass through from the ground to the aerial ladder. The opening will be located at
the center, rear of the turntable.
ELEVATION SYSTEM
Dual 5.50" diameter elevating cylinders will be mounted on the underside of the base section of the
ladder, one (1) on each side. One (1) 2.25" diameter stainless steel pin will fasten each cylinder to the
ladder and one (1) 2.50" diameter stainless steel pin will fasten each cylinder to the turntable. The pins
will have 125,000 psi minimum yield strength and will be secured with 0.50" Grade 8 bolts with castle
nut and cotter pin. The bolts are to ensure that the pins do not walk out of the mounting brackets on
the turntable and base section.
The elevating cylinders will be mounted utilizing maintenance -free spherical bearings on both ends of
the cylinders. The aerial base pivot bearings will be maintenance -free type bearings with no external
lubrication required. The cylinders will function only to elevate the ladder and not as a structural
member to stabilize the ladder side movement. The elevating cylinders will be provided with pilot -
operated check valves on the barrel and rod side of the piston to prevent movement of the ladder in
case of a loss of hydraulic pressure.
The operation envelope will be 10 degrees below horizontal to 77 degrees above horizontal.
94 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-110
The elevation system will be designed following NFPA standards. The elevation hydraulic cylinders will
incorporate cushions on the upper limit of travel.
The lift cylinders will be equipped with integral holding valves located in the cylinder to prevent the unit
from descending should the charged lines be severed, at any point within the hydraulic system and to
maintain the ladder in the bedded position during road travel. The integral holding valves will NOT be
located in the transfer tubes.
The elevation system will be controlled by the microprocessor. Linear transducers will measure the
extension of the elevation cylinder. The microprocessor will provide the following features:
- Collision avoidance of the elevation system to prevent accidental body damage
- Automatic deceleration when the aerial device is lowered into the cradle
- Automatic deceleration at the end of stroke, in maximum raise and lower positions
- Deceleration of the aerial device at the limits of travel.
EXTENSION/RETRACTION SYSTEM
A hydraulically powered, extension and retraction system will be provided through dual hydraulic
cylinders and wire ropes. Each set will be capable of operating the ladder in the event of a failure, of
the other. The extension cylinder rod will be chrome plated to provide smooth operation of the aerial
device and reduce seal wear. The extension/retraction cylinders will be equipped, with integral holding
valves, to prevent the unit from retracting should the charged line be severed, at any point within the
hydraulic system. The integral holding valves will NOT be located in the transfer tubes.
Wire ropes and attaching systems used to extend and retract the fly sections will have a 5:1 safety
factor based on the ultimate strength under all operating conditions. The factor of safety for the wire
rope will remain above 2:1 during any extension or retraction stall. The minimum ratio of the diameter
of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used will be 1:12. Wire ropes will be constructed of
seven (7) strands over an inner wire for increased flexibility. The wire rope will be galvanized to reduce
corrosion.
The extension/retraction system will be controlled by the microprocessor. Linear transducers will
measure the ladder extension. The microprocessor will provide the following features:
- Automatic deceleration at the end of stroke, in maximum extend and retract positions
All sheaves will require lubrication. They will have bronze bushings and grease zerks.
MANUAL OVERRIDE CONTROLS
Manual override controls will be provided for all aerial and stabilizer functions.
LADDER SLIDE MECHANISM
UHMW polyethylene wear pads will be used between the telescoping ladder sections, to provide
greater bearing surface area for load transfer. Adjustable slide pads will be used to control side play
between the ladder sections.
95 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
ROTATION SYSTEM
The aerial will be supplied with a powered rotation system as outlined in NFPA standards. The
hydraulic rotation motor will provide continuous rotation under all rated conditions and be supplied with
a brake to prevent unintentional rotation. One (1) hydraulically driven, planetary gear box with drive
speed reducers will be used to provide infinite and minute rotation control throughout the entire
rotational travel. One (1) spring applied, hydraulically released disc type swing brake will be furnished
to provide positive braking of the turntable assembly. Provisions will be made for emergency operation
of the rotation system should complete loss of normal hydraulic power occur. The hydraulic system will
be equipped with pressure relief valves which will limit the rotational torque to a nondestructive power.
The gearbox will have a minimum continuous torque rating of 80,000 in. lbs. and a minimum
intermittent rating of 160,000 in. lbs. The turntable bearing, ring gear teeth, pinion gear, planetary
gearbox, and output shaft will be certified by the manufacturer of the components for the application.
The rotation system will be controlled by the microprocessor. The microprocessor will provide the
following features:
- Collision avoidance to prevent accidental body damage
- Prevent the aerial from being rotated into an unstable condition.
ROTATION INTERLOCK
The microprocessor will be used to prevent the rotation of the aerial device to the side in which the
stabilizers have not been fully deployed (short -jacked). The microprocessor will allow full and
unrestricted use of the aerial, in the 180 degree area, on the side(s) where the stabilizers have been
fully deployed. The system will also have a manual override, to comply with NFPA 1901. SYSTEMS
THAT PERMIT THE AERIAL TO ROTATE TO THE "SHORT JACK" SIDE, WITHOUT
AUTOMATICALLY STOPPING THE ROTATION AND/OR WITHOUT ACTUATION OF THE "MANUAL
OVERRIDE", will NOT BE ACCEPTED. SYSTEMS THAT ONLY INCLUDE AN ALARM ARE NOT
CONSIDERED AN INTERLOCK AND will NOT BE ACCEPTED.
LADDER CRADLE INTERLOCK SYSTEM
A ladder cradle interlock system will be provided through the microprocessor to prevent the lifting of the
aerial device from the nested position until the operator places all the stabilizers in a load supporting
configuration. A switch will be installed at the boom support to prevent operation of the stabilizers once
the aerial has been elevated from the nested position..
AERIAL TORQUE BOX/PEDESTAL
The pedestal assembly will be a welded assembly made of high strength 0.25" plate. The vertical
member will be a 0.375" reinforced wall cylinder with a 28.00" outside diameter and will connect the
rotation bearing mounting plate to the lower substructure.
The pedestal assembly will be bolted to the chassis frame with 0.88" diameter Grade 8 bolts, and will
be utilized to mount the outrigger jacks and reservoir for the aerial hydraulic system.
96 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-112
LOAD CAPACITIES
The following load capacities will be established with the stabilizers at full horizontal extension and
placed in the down position to level the truck and to relieve the weight from the tires and axles.
Capacities will be based upon full extension and 360 degree rotation.
A load chart, visible at the operator's station, will be provided. The load chart will show the
recommended safe load at any condition of the aerial device's elevation and extension.
50 MPH WIND CONDITIONS/WATERWAY DRY
Degrees -10 to
of 9
Elevation
10 to 20 to
19 29
30 to
39
40 to
49
50 to
59
60 to
69
70 to
77
Egress 750
750 750
750
750
750
750
750
Fly -
- -
-
-
250
500
750
Upper Mid -
- -
-
250
500
1000
1000
Lower Mid -
- -
-
500
750
1000
1000
Base -
- -
500
500
1000
1000
1000
50 MPH WIND CONDITIONSIWATERWAY CHARGED
Degrees -10 to 10 to
of 9 19
Elevation
20 to
29
30 to
39
40 to
49
50 to
59
60 to
69
70 to
77
Egress 500 500
500
500
500
500
500
500
Fly - -
-
-
-
250
500
500
Upper Mid - -
-
-
250
500
750
1000
Lower Mid - -
-
250
500
750
1000
1000
Base - -
250
500
750
1000
1000
1000
Reduced loads at the tip can be redistributed in 250 Ib. increments to the fly, mid, or base
sections as needed.
The tip capacity will be reduced to zero when flowing water with the nozzle above the waterway
centerline.
BOOM SUPPORT
A heavy-duty boom support will be provided for support of the ladder in the travel position. On the base
section of the ladder, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided where the ladder comes into contact
with the boom support.
AERIAL BOOM SUPPORT LIGHT
There will be one (1) Amdor®, Model AY-LB-12HW012, 190 lumen, 12" long, white LED strip light
mounted on the boom support cradle. This light will be activated when the aerial master switch is
activated.
97 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-113
SPECIAL HEIGHT BOOM SUPPORT
A special height boom support will be provided to raise the aerial device to clear the compartment on
top of the body.
ROPE TIE DOWN AT GOOSENECK
There will be two (2) pairs of rope tie downs provided each side of the tiller gooseneck in the forward
and rearward locations. Equal quantities will be provided on each side. The tie downs will be rated for
a straight line pull of 9000 Ib and will be nickel plated.
AERIAL BOOM PANEL
There will be one boom panel provided on each side of the aerial ladder base section. The boom panel
will be painted 107.
The boom panels will be designed so no mounting bolts are in the face of the panel. This will keep the
lettering surface free of holes.
FOLDING STEPS
One (1) set of folding steps will be provided at the tip of the ladder. An additional set of folding steps
will be provided at the base of the fly section. The steps will be bright finished, non-skid with a black
coating. Each step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface.
AERIAL DEVICE RUNG COVERS
Each rung will be covered with a secure, heavy-duty, fiberglass pultrusion that incorporates an
aggressive, no -slip coating.
The rung covers will be glued to each rung, and will be easily replaceable should the rung cover
become damaged.
The center portion of each rung cover will be black and the outside 2.00" edge at each side will be
photoluminescent to assist in providing a light source for each rung during low light conditions.
Under no circumstances will the rung covers be fastened to the rungs using screws or rivets.
The rung covers will have a 10 -year, limited warranty.
ADDITIONAL FOLDING STEPS
An additional set of folding steps will be provided on the ladder fly section. This set of steps will be
located approximately 70.00" below the ladder tip. The steps will be bright finished, non-skid folding
steps with a black coating. Each step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface.
The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand.
RUBBISH HOOK MOUNTING BRACKET
Mounting will be provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial ladder for a rubbish hook.
The bracket will be sized to hold a Nupla 6' roof vent rubbish hook.
98 of 133
Proposal 1-26-21
11-114
SCUFFPLATE ON EGRESS
DA finished scuffplate(s) will be applied to the aerial egress. The scuffplate(s) will be located above the
side where the chainsaw scabbard(s) are mounted. A total of two (2) will be provided.
TEMPORARY SCABBARD AT END OF AERIAL
There will be a total of two (2) vent saw scabbard(s) provided. The scabbard(s) will be mounted on
each side of the aerial egress. The scabbard(s) will be DA finished.
LADDER STORAGE MOUNTING BRACKETS
There will be brackets that are painted to match the aerial device provided near the end of the fly
section of the aerial for mounting a roof ladder.
The mounting brackets will accommodate a 14' Duo -Safety 775-A, 16.00" wide roof ladder as
determined by the type of aerial device and the available space.
LIGHTS FOR TURNTABLE WALKWAY
There will be white LED lights provided at the aerial turntable. The lights will be located to illuminate
the entire walking surface of the turntable including the area around the turntable console. These lights
will be activated by the aerial master switch.
TURNTABLE CONSOLE LIGHTING
There will be one (1), Amdor®, Model AY-LB-12HW012, 190 lumen, 12" long, white LED light strip
mounted in the turntable console cover to illuminate the controls located on both the upper and lower
portion of the turntable control station. These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch.
ROTATION BEARING COVER
An aluminum treadplate cover will be fitted over the aerial rotation bearing and drive pinion gear(s).
The cover will be attached to the underside of the turntable deck.
INFORMATION CENTER
There will be an information center provided at the aerial turntable control station. The information
center will operate in temperatures from -40 to 185 degrees Fahrenheit. The information center will
employ a Linux operating system and a 7.00" (diagonal measurement) LCD display. The LCD will have
a minimum 400nits rated, color display. The LCD will be sunlight readable. The LCD display will be
encased in an ABS, black plastic housing with a gray decal. There will be five (5), weather -resistant
user interface switches provided. The LCD display can be changed to an available foreign language.
OPERATION
The information center will be designed for easy operation in everyday use. There will be a page
button to cycle from one screen to the next screen in a rotating fashion. A video button will allow an
NTSC signal into the information center to be displayed on the LCD. If any button is pressed while
viewing a video feed, the information center will return to the vehicle information screens. There will be
a menu button to provide access to maintenance, setup, and diagnostic screens. All other button labels
will be specific to the information being viewed.
99 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-115
GENERAL SCREEN DESIGN
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide vehicle information At A Glance. If the
information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background color will be used. If
the information provided on a screen is not within acceptable limits, an amber background color will
indicate a caution condition and a red background color will indicate a warning condition.
Every screen in the information center will include the aerial tip temperature, the time (12- or 24-hour
mode) and a text Alert Center. The time will be synchronized between all Command Zone color
displays located on the vehicle. The Alert Center will display text messages for audible alarms. The
text messages will identify any items causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) audible
alarm is activated, the text message for each alarm will cycle every second until the problems have
been resolved. The background for the Alert Center will change to indicate the severity of the warning
message. Amber will indicate a caution condition and red will indicate a warning condition. If a warning
and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all Alert
Center messages.
A label will be provided for each button. The label will indicate the function for each active button for
each screen. If the button is not utilized on specific screens, it will have a button label with no text.
Symbols will accurately depict the aerial device type the information pertains to such as rear mount
ladder, rear mount platform, mid -mount ladder or mid -mount platform.
PAGE SCREENS
The Information center will include the following pages:
The Aerial Main and Load Chart page will indicate the following information:
- Rungs Aligned and Rungs Not Aligned will be indicated with text and respective green or red colored
ladder symbols.
- Ladder Elevation will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle with ladder symbol with the degree of
elevation indicated between the vehicle and ladder.
Water Flow (if applicable) will be indicated via a water nozzle symbol and text indicating flow / time
- Breathing Air Levels will be indicated via an air bottle symbol and text indicating the percent (%) of air
remaining. A green bar graphs shown inside the bottle will indicate oxygen levels above 20%. A red
bar graph will indicate oxygen levels at or below 20%. When oxygen levels are at or below 10% the red
bar graph will flash.
- The Aerial Load Chart will indicate the load limit on each section of the ladder based on actual ladder
position and water flow (if applicable).
- At A Glance color features will be utilized on this screen. Caution type conditions will be indicated via
a yellow background. Warning type conditions will be indicated via a red background. Conditions
operating within acceptable limits will be indicated via a green background.
The Aerial Reach and Hydraulic Systems page will indicate the following information
100 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-116
- Aerial Hydraulic Oil Temperature will be indicated with symbol and text. At a glance features will be
utilized.
- Aerial Hydraulic Oil Pressure will be indicated with a symbol and text. At a glance features will be
utilized.
- The following calculations will be indicated on a representative vehicle symbol:
- Aerial Device Extension length.
- Aerial Device Height indicating the height of the aerial device tip from the ground.
- Aerial Device Reach indicating the horizontal distance the aerial reaches from the turntable.
- Aerial Device Angle indicating the angle from the vehicle which the device is at.
- At A Glance color features will be utilized on this screen. Caution type conditions will be indicated via
a yellow background. Warning type conditions will be indicated via a red background. Conditions
operating within acceptable limits will be indicated via a green background.
The Level Vehicle page will indicate the following information:
- The grade of the vehicle will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle symbol with the degree of grade
shown in text format. The symbol will tilt dependent on the vehicle grade.
- The slope of the vehicle will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle symbol with the degree of slope
shown in text format. The symbol will tilt dependent on the vehicle slope.
- Outriggers status will be indicated via a colored symbol for each outrigger present. Each outrigger
status will be defined as one of the following-
- Outrigger stowed indicated with a silver pan located close to the vehicle
- Outrigger fully extended indicated with a fully deployed green outrigger
- Outrigger shortjacked indicated by a yellow outrigger partially deployed
- Outrigger not set indicated by a red outrigger that is not set on the ground
- A text box located on the vehicle symbol will be utilized to identify the overall status of the outrigger
leveling system. The following status will be indicated in the text box:
- Deployed status will indicate all outriggers are properly set on the ground at full extension
- Shortjacked status will indicate one or more outriggers are set on the ground but not fully extended.
- Not Set status will indicate one or more outriggers is not properly set on the ground.
- Stowed status will indicate all outriggers are stowed for vehicle travel.
101 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-117
- A bedding assist alert will indicate that the aerial device is being aligned by the Command Zone
system as the operator lowers the aerial device into the cradle with the joystick.
- At A Glance color features will be utilized on this screen. Caution type conditions will be indicated via
a yellow background. Warning type conditions will be indicated via a red background. Conditions
operating within acceptable limits will be indicated via a green background.
MENU SCREENS
The following screens will be available through the Menu button:
The View System Information screen will display aerial device hours, aerial PTO hours, ladder aligned
for stowing, aerial rotation angle, total water flow (if applicable), and aerial waterway valve status (if
applicable).
The Set Display Brightness screen will allow brightness increase and decrease and include a default
setting button.
The Configure Video Mode screen will allow setting of video contrast, video color and video tint.
The Set Startup screen allows setting of the screen that will be active at vehicle power -up.
The Set Date and Time screen has a 12- or 24-hour format, and allows setting of the time and date.
The View Active Alarms screen shows a list of all active alarms including the date and time of each
alarm occurrence and shows all alarms that are silenced.
The System Diagnostics screen allows the user to view system status for each module and it's
respective inputs and outputs. Viewable data will include the module type and ID number; the module
version; and module diagnostics information including input or output number, the circuit number
connected to that input or output, the circuit name (item connected to the circuit), status of the input or
output, and other module diagnostic information.
Aerial calibrations screen indicates items that may be calibrated by the user and instructions to follow
for proper calibration of the aerial device.
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen.
STABILIZER CONTROL STATION
There will be an easily accessible control station located on the trailer gooseneck, one (1) each side of
the apparatus. The following controls and indicator lights will be clearly identified and conveniently
located for ease of operation and viewing at each control station.
Driver Side/Passenger Side In/Out control switches
Driver Side/Passenger Side Up/Down control switches
Driver Side/Passenger Side Fully Extended indicator lights
Driver Side/Passenger Side Firm On Ground indicator lights
102 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-118
- Stabilizer Emergency Power control switch
- Trailer Level Assist control toggle switch
- Global Safety Interlock Override red guarded switch
- Aerial system Emergency Stop switch
- Aerial system Emergency Stop Activated indicator light
TURNTABLE CONTROL STATION
There will be one (1) device control station located on the right side of the turntable so the operator may
easily observe the ladder tip while operating the controls. All elevation, extension and rotation controls
will operate from this location. The controls will permit the operator to regulate the speed of the aerial
functions, within the safe limits, as determined by the manufacturer and NFPA standards. Each control
will be equipped, with a positive lock to hold the control in a neutral position, preventing accidental
activation. In addition to the neutral lock, a console cover will be provided at the turntable control
station.
The following items will also be provided at the turntable control station, clearly identified and lighted for
nighttime operation and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing:
- Intercom controls
- Tip tracking light switch
- Emergency stop switch
- Emergency power unit switch
- Operator's load chart
- Two (2) position switch for selecting aerial operational speed
HIGH IDLE
The high idle will be controlled by the microprocessor. The microprocessor will automatically adjust the
engine rpm to compensate for the amount of load placed upon the system. The system will include a
safety device that allows activation of the high idle, only when the parking brake is set and the
transmission is placed in neutral.
REMOTE AERIAL CONTROL
A remote control will be provided whereby all ladder movements can be controlled at the ladder tip, in
addition to the control console.
The three (3) ladder functions (extension, rotation, elevation) will be controlled individually by means of
spring loaded, return to center 12 -volt proportional controls.
A momentary switch at the turntable control station will enable the controls at the ladder tip.
103 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-119
The turntable control console ladder controls will override the ladder tip controls.
The remote control aerial speed will be set in accordance with the current NFPA 1901 standards.
STABILIZERS
The vehicle will come equipped with a stabilization system consisting of two (2) hydraulically operated
out and down style stabilizers. This system will meet or exceed all requirements of the NFPA
specifications related to stabilization and setup on sloped surfaces.
The stabilizer/leveling jacks will have a maximum spread of 17' measured from the centerline of the
jack footpads when the beams are fully extended. The beams will be 6.81" wide x 8.88" high with 3/4"
thick top and bottom plates and 1/2" thick sides of 100,000 -PSI minimum yield strength steel. The
cylinders will have pilot -operated check valves with thermal relief designed to insure that the beams will
not drift out of the stowed position during travel. Wear pads will guide the stabilizers.
The horizontal extension cylinders will be totally enclosed within the beams and will incorporate
telescoping hydraulic tubing to supply the jack cylinder hydraulic power. Stabilizer hydraulic hoses will
remain stationary during operation of the stabilizers to prevent hose wear and potential failure. The
cylinders will be equipped with decelerators to reduce the speed of extension and retraction when the
beams are near the fully retracted and extended positions. The stabilizer extension hydraulic cylinders
will have the following dimensions: 2.25" bore, 1.38" rod, and 57.25" stroke.
The vertical jack cylinders will be capable of 12.00" ground penetration. The cylinders will be supplied
with pilot operated check valves on each jack cylinder to hold the cylinder in the stowed or working
position, should a charged line be severed at any point in the hydraulic system. For safety, the integral
holding valves will be located in the cylinder base end, NOT in the transfer tube. Vertical jack cylinder
rods will be fully enclosed by a telescoping inner box to protect the cylinder rods from damage. The
stabilizer jack hydraulic cylinders will have the following dimensions: 4.25" bore, 3.00" rod, and 28.88"
stroke.
Each stabilizer jack will have a pan that shall be of the split -pan design and shall be a maximum 12.50"
wide so as to allow the extension of the stabilizer between parked cars or other obstacles. This pan
shall serve as a protective guard and a mounting surface for warning lights. The top, forward, and rear
edges shall be flanged back 90 degrees for added strength.
STABILIZER PADS
The stabilizer footpad will be 12.00" in diameter. The footpad will be attached to the jack cylinder rod
by means of a machined ball at the end of the jack cylinder rod which mates to a socket machined into
the footpad. The footpad will have the ability to pivot 20 degrees from horizontal in any direction to
allow setup on uneven terrain.
AUXILIARY STABILIZER PADS
An auxiliary ground pad will be supplied for each stabilizer to provide additional load distribution on soft
surfaces. The pads will be 24.00" square and made from lightweight composite material. The ground
pressure will not exceed 75 pounds per square inch when the ground pads are used and the apparatus
is fully loaded and the aerial device is carrying its rated capacity in any position. There will be one (1)
pad located on each side of the apparatus, behind the stabilizers.
104 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-120
STABILIZER CONTROLS
An electrically controlled hydraulic valve will power stabilizer movement. The valve can also be
manually controlled in the event of electrical malfunction. Hydraulic power override controls will be
incorporated into the valve. The manual override mechanism will be completely sealed within the valve
assembly to prevent any possibility of corrosion.
The stabilizer controls will be located on the trailer gooseneck, one (1) each side of the apparatus, to
provide the operator with a full view of each stabilizer being positioned. Each stabilizer control panel
will include the following:
- Driver Side/Passenger Side In/Out control toggle switches
- Driver Side/Passenger Side Up/Down control toggle switches
- Driver Side/Passenger Side Fully Extended indicator lights
- Driver Side/Passenger Side Firm On Ground indicator lights
- Stabilizer Emergency Power control toggle switch
- Trailer Level Assist control toggle switch
- Global Safety Interlock Override red guarded toggle switch
- Aerial system Emergency Stop mushroom switch
- Aerial system Emergency Stop Activated indicator light
As a safety device, an electrically actuated diverter valve will be provided. The hydraulic power will be
diverted to the aerial ladder controls automatically the instant all stabilizer jacks are firmly planted on
the ground. Once the aerial ladder is raised from the bedded position, the stabilizer hydraulic power is
cut off so the stabilizers will not accidentally be moved while the aerial is being operated.
To aid in leveling the unit, two bubble type angle indicators will be located near the stabilizer controls.
One indicator will show the angle of the truck from the front to rear and the other will show the side to
side angle of the truck. The indicators will be color coded green to show when the truck has been
properly leveled allowing the aerial device to be operated at full capacity.
A stabilizer deployment audible warning alarm will be provided at each side of the body, activated by
the stabilizer movement.
A "Stabilizers Not Stowed" indicator light will be provided in the cab within view of the driver. It will
illuminate automatically whenever the stabilizers are not fully stowed to prevent damage to the vehicle if
it is moved. The stabilizer system will also be wired to the "Do Not Move Truck" indicator light. This
light will flash whenever the apparatus parking brake is not engaged and the stabilizers are not fully
stowed.
STABILIZER PAN MATERIAL
The aerial stabilizer pans will be polished stainless steel.
105 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-121
STABILIZER PINS
The stabilizer jacks will have holes for the stabilizer pins.
STABILIZER CONTROL BOX DOORS
There will be aluminum treadplate doors hinged on the bottom with a flush lift and turn latch provided
over each stabilizer control box.
VALVE/POWER DISTRIBUTION BOX ACCESS DOOR
There will be aluminum treadplate doors with a flush lift and turn latch provided over the valve and
power distribution box doors. These doors will be bottom hinged.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
All hose assemblies will be assembled and crimped by the hose manufacturers certified technician.
All manufacturing employees responsible for the installation of hydraulic components will be properly
trained. Training will include: proper handling, installation, torque requirements, cleanliness and quality
control procedures for hydraulic components.
Hoses used in the aerial hydraulic system will be of a premium quality hose with a high abrasion
resistant cover. All pressure hoses will have a working pressure of 4000 psi and a burst pressure rating
of 16,000 psi.
All hydraulic fittings and tubing will be plated to minimize corrosion.
The fitting will use an O-ring seal where possible to minimize hydraulic leaks.
An interlock will be provided that prevents activation of the hydraulic pump until the transmission is
placed in neutral and the parking brake is set as outlined in the current NFPA 1901 standard.
The system will meet the performance requirement of the current NFPA 1901 standard, which requires
adequate cooling less than 2.5 hours of operations.
All hydraulic components that are non -sealing whose failure could result in the movement of the aerial
will comply with current NFPA 1901 standards and have burst strength of 4:1.
Dynamic sealing components whose failure could cause aerial movement will have a margin of 2:1 on
maximum operating pressure per the current NFPA 1901 standard.
All hydraulic hoses, tubes, and connections will have a minimum burst strength of 4:1 per the current
NFPA 1901 standard.
A chassis mounted positive displacement piston pump for consistent pressure and rapid responses will
supply hydraulic power for all aerial operations. The positive displacement pump will provide 3,150psi.
The hydraulic pump will be solely dedicated to aerial operations.
The hydraulic oil will be a premium Multi -Vis product having a leading edge additive package, provide
oxidation stability, be extremely shear stable and maximum anti -wear properties. All oil delivered to the
manufacturing site will have a minimum ISO cleanliness level of 18/15/13.
106 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-122
Each aerial will be evaluated as to the region and climate where it will be used to determine the
optimum viscosity and proper oil grade. Oil viscosity will be based on an optimum range of 80 to 1000
SUS during normal aerial use. Before shipment of the unit, an oil sample will be taken and analyzed to
confirm the oil is within the allowable ISO grade tolerance.
The aerial hydraulic system will have a minimum oil cleanliness level of ISO 18/15/13 based on the ISO
4406:1999 cleanliness standard. Each customer will receive a certificate of actual cleanliness test
results and an explanation of the rating system.
Each aerial will include an oil sample port, identified with a yellow dust cap and a label, for subsequent
customer testing.
Ball valves will be provided in the hydraulic suction lines to permit component servicing without draining
the oil reservoir.
The aerial will incorporate the use of trombone steel tubes inside the stabilizer beams to eliminate
hydraulic hose wear and leaks.
Hydraulic power to the ladder will be transferred from the pedestal by a hydraulic swivel.
The system hydraulic pressure will be displayed on the turntable display.
The hydraulic system will be additionally protected from excessive pressure by a secondary pressure
relief valve set at 3,150 psi. In the event the main hydraulic pump compensator malfunctions, the
secondary relief will prevent system damage.
HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
All cylinders used on the aerial device will be produced by a manufacturer that specializes in the
manufacture of hydraulic cylinders.
Each cylinder will include integral safety holding cartridges.
Each cylinder will be designed to a minimum safety factor of 4:1 to failure.
All safety holding cartridges will be installed at the cylinder manufacturer, in a controlled clean
environment to avoid possible contamination and or failure.
POWER TAKEOFF/HYDRAULIC PUMP
The apparatus will be equipped with a power takeoff driven by the chassis transmission and actuated
by an electric shift, located inside the cab. The power takeoff which drives the hydraulic pump will meet
all the requirements for the aerial unit operations.
Am amber indicator light will be installed on the cab instrument panel to notify the operator that the
power takeoff is engaged.
An interlock will be provided that allows operation of the aerial power takeoff shift only after the chassis
spring brake has been set and the chassis transmission has either been placed in the neutral position
or drive position after the driveline has been disengaged from the rear axle.
107 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-123
The hydraulic system will be supplied by a variable displacement load and pressure compensating
piston pump. The pump will meet the demands of all three simultaneous aerial functions. The pump
will provide proper flow for single aerial function with the engine at idle speed. A switch will be provided
on the control console to increase the engine speed for multiple function operation.
EMERGENCY PUMP
The hydraulic system will be designed with an auxiliary power unit meeting the guidelines of the current
NFPA 1901 standard.
The aerial will be equipped with an emergency hydraulic pump, electrically driven from the truck
batteries. The pump will be capable of running for 30 minutes for limited aerial functions to stow the unit
in case of a main pump or truck system failure. A momentary switch will be located at the stabilizer and
aerial control locations to activate the emergency pump.
AERIAL CONTROL VALVE
The aerial hydraulic control valve will be designed with special spool flows, limiting the oil flow for the
designed function speed. The valve will be electrically controlled and be located in the control console
with the handles oriented downward for manual operation. The activation handles will be spaced a
minimum of 3.50" for ease of operation. The valve spools will be designed to bleed off downstream
pressure, in the neutral position and allow proper sealing of any cylinder holding cartridge.
OIL RESERVOIR
The oil reservoir will have a minimum capacity of 40 gallons. The oil fill location will be easily accessible
and be labeled "Hydraulic Oil Only" and also indicate the grade of oil that is installed in the reservoir.
The fill cap will have a 40 micron filter to provide protection from contamination. A drain hose will be
included and will terminate with a quarter turn ball valve.
Two suction ports will be provided, one for the main hydraulic pump and one for the emergency pump.
The main suction will be slightly elevated off the bottom of the reservoir and include a 100 mesh suction
strainer. The emergency suction port will be closer to the bottom of the reservoir to provide some
reserve oil for emergency operation.
A six (6) disc type magnetic drain will also be provided to collect any ferrous contaminants.
A combination sight glass and thermometer will be mounted to the reservoir in an easily viewable
location.
The hydraulic oil reservoir will be labeled per the current edition of NFPA 1901 standard.
RETURN FILTER
The low pressure oil return filter will be remote mounted and designed to prevent oil loss during filter
change. A 50 psi bypass will be included to protect the element and hydraulic system during lower than
normal operating temperatures. The system will incorporate the following filter to provide dependable
service:
• return filter: beta 200 at 6 micron
108 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-124
HYDRAULIC SWIVEL
The aerial ladder will be equipped with a three (3) port, high pressure hydraulic swivel which will
connect the hydraulic lines from the hydraulic pump and reservoir through the rotation point to the aerial
control bank. The hydraulic swivel will allow for 360 degree continuous rotation of the aerial.
ELECTRIC SWIVEL
The ladder will be equipped with an electric swivel to allow 360 degrees rotation of the aerial while
connecting all electrical circuits through the rotation point. A minimum of 28 collector rings will be
provided that are capable of supplying 30 amp continuous service. All collector rings will be enclosed
and protected with desiccant plugs against condensation and corrosion. No oil or silicone will be used.
12 -BIT ABSOLUTE ENCODER
The aerial ladder will be equipped with a 12 -Bit Absolute Encoder which provides 4096 counts per shaft
turn for position and direction reference.
The 12 -Bit Absolute Encoder will provide a unique binary word to reference each position and direction
for all 360 degrees of rotation.
If the power is interrupted for any reason, the 12 -Bit Absolute Encoder will allow power to be returned to
the system without having to re -zero the settings.
The 12 -Bit Absolute Encoder will be an integral part of a micro -processor based control system.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
The aerial device will utilize a microprocessor -based control system. The system will consist of the
following components:
Control System Modules
Each of the control system modules will be configured as follows:
Sealed to a NEMA 4X rating
Operating range from -40 degrees F to 156 degrees F (-40 degrees C to 70 degrees C)
Communicate using J1939 data link
Two (2) diagnostic LED lights
One (1) green light that illuminates when module has power (B+) and ground
One (1) red light that flashes to indicate the module is capable of communicating via the data link
Up to 16 diagnostic LEDs on each module
Ground matrix identification system
The following control system modules will be used:
109 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-125
Control Module
Main controller for the system
USB connection allows for computer diagnostics
Power Module
Built-in fault sensing
Eight (8) digital outputs
Pulse width modulating (PWM) capable
10A continuous per output
Circuit protection based on actual current draw (not affected by heat)
Current Control Module
Built-in fault sensing
Three (3) analog inputs
Eight (8) digital outputs
Pulse width modulating (PWM) capable
3A continuous per output
Closed Loop System
Circuit protection based on actual current draw (not affected by heat)
Input Module
16 software selectable (digital or analog) inputs
Output Module
16 digital outputs
Input/Output Module
Eight (8) software selectable (digital or analog) inputs
Eight (8) digital outputs
SPOTLIGHTS
There will be four (4) Whelen bail mount Micro Pioneer, Model MPB*,12 volt DC LED lights furnished.
• One (1) will be mounted on the driver's side of the base section of the ladder.
110 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-126
• One (1) will be mounted on the passenger's side of the base section of the ladder.
• One (1) will be mounted on the driver's side tip of aerial.
• One (1) will be mounted on the passenger's side tip of aerial.
The painted parts of this light assembly to be white.
Power to the "tracking lights" will be controlled by an on/off switch at the turntable control operator's
position.
The lights at the platform will be controlled by platform/tip and turntable.
AERIAL LED LOCATOR LIGHT
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M2W**, 12 volt flashing LED lights installed at the aerial tip
facing out when the aerial boom is in the stowed position. There will be one (1) light on the driver's side
and one (1) light on the passenger's side.
The color of the lights will be, blue.
The warning light lens color(s) to be clear.
The light will be activated when a switch at the turntable operator's panel is activated through the aerial
master.
STABILIZER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M6*, LED flashing warning lights with Whelen, Model M61=C,
chrome flanges installed on the stabilizer cover panels, one (1) each side.
The front stabilizer pan lights will be red LED with a lens the same color as the LEDs.
These warning lights will be activated by the same switch as the side warning lights.
STABILIZER BEAM WARNING LIGHTS
Two (2) 4.00" diameter red LED flashing lights will be mounted on each stabilizer, one (1) facing
forward and one (1) facing rearward. The lights will be Grote Supernova 40 series LED lights. The
lights will be recessed in the horizontal beam of the stabilizer. These warning lights will be activated
with the aerial master switch.
STABILIZER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Truck -Lite, Model 44042C 4.00" LED, scene light installed under each stabilizer
beam to illuminate the surrounding area. A total of two (2) lights will be installed. These lights will be
activated by the aerial master switch.
120 -VOLT RECEPTACLE AT TIP
A 120 -volt, 15 amp, twist lock receptacle, with weatherproof cover will be provided at the tip of the
aerial device.
111 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-127
2 -WAY AERIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
There will be a Fire Research model ICA910 two-way intercom system provided. The control module
with an LED volume display and push-button volume control will be located on the turntable operator
console.
A hands free module will be located at the aerial tip or platform and constantly transmit to the other
module unless the control module push -to -talk button is pressed.
Each intercom unit will be weatherproof.
LIFTING EYE ASSEMBLY - ROPE RESCUE ATTACHMENT
A lifting eye assembly will be provided that is designed to evenly distribute load at the tip of the
aerial.The lift eye assembly is retained by two (2) locking pins, one (1) at each end outboard side of the
egress. Leveling is maintained by the lifting eye assembly rotating within the egress mounting. The
lifting eye assembly rating will match the capacity rating of the aerial device.
RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM
A rescue lifting attachment will be provided. The lifting attachment will mount to the aerial egress and
will consist of a pair of nylatron pulleys mounted to a stainless steel shaft. The pulleys will be
adjustable from side to side and will have a total lifting capacity of 5001b, regardless of whether one (1)
or both pulleys are being utilized.
ROPE TIE BAR AT BASE SECTION, RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM
A removable bracket shall be supplied at the rear of the base section, attached between the left hand
and right hand rear hand rails. The bracket shall provide Lyfe Pulley rope tie off and/or guide points
spaced 5.75' apart, centered between the rear hand rails. The bracket shall be designed to be easily
removable and not interfere with a fully retracted ladder assembly when attached to the base section.
A storage box for the bracket shall be provided on the outside rear of the base section. The storage box
will be painted to match the aerial device.
MODIFY ROPE TIE BAR AT BASE SECTION BOX
The painted box for the rope tie bar will be modified. The forward portion of the box will be cut down
and the strap reinstalled to provide better removal and insertion of the tie bar. The outer edges of the
box will also have battery edging installed to protect the paint on the tie bar along with lining the inside
of the box with dura -surf.
AIR HORN CONTROL AT AERIAL TURNTABLE
A push button control for the air horns will be provided at the aerial turntable.
AERIAL TURNTABLE CHAIN
A chain will be installed at the aerial turntable.
WATER SYSTEM
A waterway system will be provided consisting of the following components and features:
112 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-128
A 5.00" pipe will be connected to the water supply on one end and to a 5.00" internal diameter water
swivel at the rotation point of the turntable. The water swivel will permit 360 degree continuous rotation
of the aerial device.
The 5.00" waterway swivel is to be routed through the rotation point up to the heel pin swivel. The heel
pin swivel will allow the water to flow to the ladder pipe while elevating the aerial ladder from -10
degrees to 77 degrees. The heel pivot pin is not integral with the waterway swivel at any point. The
design of the waterway will allow complete servicing of the waterway swivel without disturbing the heel
pivot pin.
The integral telescopic water system will consist of a 4.50" diameter tube in the base section, a 4.00"
diameter tube in the inner mid-section, a 3.50" diameter tube in the outer mid-section, and a 3.00"
diameter tube in the fly section. The telescopic waterway will be constructed of anodized aluminum
pipe.
The aerial will be capable of discharging up to 1000 gpm at 100 psi parallel to the ladder and 90
degrees to each side of center while maintaining the rated tip load.
The aerial will be capable of discharging between 1001 and up to 1500 gallons per minute at 100 psi
parallel to the ladder and 40 degrees to each side of center while maintaining the rated tip load.
The master stream will be capable of flow up to 30 degrees above horizontal.
An adjustable pressure relief valve will be furnished to protect the aerial waterway from a pressure
surge.
Two (2) 1.50" drain valves will be located at the lowest points of the waterway system and will be
routed to drain through the center of the 5th wheel.
WATERWAY SEALS
The waterway seals will be of type -B PolyPak design, composed of nitroxile seal and a nitrile wiper,
which together offer maximum stability and extrusion resistance on the waterway. The seal will be
capable of withstanding pressures up to 2000 psi, temperatures in excess of 250 degrees Fahrenheit
and have resistance to all foam generating solutions. The seals will be internally lubricated.
The waterway seals will have automatic centering guides constructed of synthetic thermalpolymer. The
guides will provide positive centering of the extendible sections within each other and the base section
to insure longer service life and smoother operation.
AERIAL MONITOR
An Akron Model 3480 monitor with stow and deploy will be provided at the tip with a Akron 1500 gpm
Model 5178. This monitor will allow for an additional 30 degrees of travel above horizontal at the aerial
tip.
The monitor's functions will be controlled electrically from two (2) separate locations. One (1) control
will be located at the control console and the other at the ladder tip.
There will be a courtesy light at the tip of the aerial to illuminate the controls
113 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-129
If the aerial has a quick -lock waterway, a limit switch will be provided to disable the extended vertical
travel when the monitor is locked to the lower ladder section.
AERIAL WATERWAY FLOW METER
Waterway flow, including total water flowed, will be monitored by the microprocessor. An LCD display
will be located at the turntable control station.
AERIAL WATERWAY INLET
The aerial waterway will be plumbed from the fifth wheel area to the waterway swivel with 4.00" pipe.
A 4.00" inlets will be located on each side of the apparatus complete with a 4.00" female swivels and
plugs.
The individual "line" pressure gauges for the inlets will be manufactured by Class 1.
They will be a minimum of 3.50" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering.
Gauges will be compound type with a vacuum/pressure range of 30.00"-0-600#.
The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the inlet as practical.
WATERWAY LOCKING SYSTEM
The aerial ladder waterway monitor will be capable of being positioned at either the fly section or at the
next lower section of the ladder.
The monitor location will be changeable by the use of a single handle, located at the side of the ladder.
The handle, attached to a cam bracket, will simply be moved forward to lock the monitor at the fly
section and back to lock it to the previous section.
There will be no pins to remove and reinstall.
The monitor will be operational at all times, regardless of its position, without connecting or
disconnecting electrical lines.
2.50" AUXILIARY OUTLET AT AERIAL TIP
An auxiliary hose connection outlet will be supplied at the tip of the aerial ladder. It will be located on
the left hand side of the aerial waterway.
Flow to the auxiliary outlet will be supplied by 2.50" piping. A 2.50" gate valve with a non -rising stem
and crank handle will be supplied. A cap and chain will be provided.
Flow to the aerial waterway monitor will be controlled by a 4.00" aluminum butterfly valve with a
handwheel. The valve will be located at the monitor inlet.
A 200 psi relief valve and a 0.75" automatic drain valve will be supplied in the waterway at the tip.
SIAMESE ADAPTERS
Two 5" x 2.5" siamese adapters will be provided
114 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-130
TOOLS
The following tools will be provided for retorquing of all specified bolts as recommended by the
manufacturer:
• Torque Wrench
• All Required Extensions, Sockets and Adapters
• 4 -to -1 Multiplier
MANUALS
Two (2) operator maintenance manuals and two (2) wiring diagrams pertaining to the aerial device will
be provided with the apparatus at time of pick-up.
INITIAL INSTRUCTION
On initial delivery of the fire apparatus, the contractor will supply a qualified representative to
demonstrate the apparatus and provide initial instruction to the fire department regarding the operation,
care, and maintenance of the apparatus for a period of three (3) consecutive days.
ADDITIONAL AERIAL TRAINING
There will be one (1) additional aerial training day(s) provided by the manufacturer with a training
engineer. This is in addition to the standard three (3) days.
TILLER CAB
A permanently mounted tiller cab will be located on top of the tiller trailer, to the rear of the aerial
ladder. The maximum overall height of the tiller cab will not exceed 134.00". The tiller cab will be
totally enclosed
The cab windshield will be automotive approved tinted safety glass and will provide a minimum of 1,513
square inches of clear viewing area. Each side window, directly rearward of the windshield, will be
more than 536 square inches. The side windows, combined with the windshield, will provide a
minimum of 2,585 square inches of unobstructed viewing area. In order to provide maximum visibility
for the tillerman, there will be no corner posts at the forward corners of the windshield.
The upper area of each tiller cab door will be contoured into the roof, providing greater clearance when
entering and exiting the tiller cab. The tiller cab doors will be equipped with drop-down sliding window.
The windows will be 18.00" wide x 31.00" high.
The rear wall of the tiller cab will have a vertically -split sliding window. The window will be 33.50" wide
x 27.75" high.
The tiller cab floor will be constructed of aluminum treadplate.
A two (2) speed electric windshield wiper with washer will be provided for the front windshield. The
windshield washer reservoir will have a capacity of two (2) quarts and will be located forward of the tiller
cab.
An adjustable, telescopic steering column will be provided.
115 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-131
The diagnostic plug for the trailer ABS system will be provided in the driver side tiller access stepwell,
behind the fuel fill door.
The following controls/alarms will be provided inside the tiller cab:
• Buzzer signaling system with push button in tiller cab steering wheel as well as a labeled push
button in the tractor cab, within reach of the driver.
• Jackknife alarm
The following will be provided on the steering column support pedestal:
• Two (2) heater/defroster outlets
• Heater/defroster control switch
The following controls/gauges will be located in the upper control panel:
• Step light switch
• Tiller wheel position indicator gauge. (L -C-R)
• Two (2) 2.00" diameter amber turn signals
• Windshield wiper/washer control switch
TILLER CAB DOME LIGHT
There will be one (1) P1006, dual LED dome light with black bezel installed in the tiller cab.
The color of the LED will be red and white.
The white LED will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch.
The color LED will be controlled by the lens switch.
TILLER CAB HEATER
For the tillerman's comfort, the cab is equipped with a 13,650 BTU heater/defroster.
The heater will have a multi -speed motor and thermostatic control located in the tiller cab within reach
of the tillerman.
The heater will be diesel/kerosene fueled and will have a separate three (3) gallon fuel tank which will
provide a minimum of 23 hours of continuous running time.
The fuel tank will be recessed in the body, behind the driver side tiller cab access steps.
There will be a minimum of two (2) defrost outlets in the cab for maximum defrost performance.
The heater/defrost system will have an airflow of 85 cfm.
TILLER CAB SEAT
A seat will be provided in the tiller cab. The seat will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For
increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00"
travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel -bar style located below the forward part of the
116 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-132
seat cushion. The seat will have a reclining back adjustable from 20 degrees back to 0 degrees
forward. The seat back will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever, and will include
minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be
provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration
control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion
and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.
The seat will be furnished with a 3 -point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with
dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position.
TILLER CAB STEPS
For access to the tiller cab, two (2) sets of steps will be furnished at the rear of the apparatus, one set
each side. The bottom three (3) access steps will be full width, approximately 21.00" wide, and located
just behind the tiller axle. The top step will be full width, approximately 18.50" wide. The steps will be
securely reinforced and constructed of aluminum treadplate. The outside corners at the rear edges of
the steps will be mitered at 45 degrees. Handrails will be provided on each side of the step assemblies
for maximum safety. The steps will be illuminated for nighttime operation.
JACKKNIFE ALARM
An audible and visual warning system will be provided to warn both drivers when the jackknife position
approaches the maximum allowable angle.
TILLER WARNING INDICATOR
A warning indicator in the tractor cab will be activated if the parking brake is released and the tiller
driver is not present in the tiller cab.
CONVEX MIRRORS (TILLER CAB)
A 10.00" diameter round adjustable convex mirror with fixed arm will be installed on each side of tiller
cab..
A wedge bracket will be installed between the tiller cab face and the mounting tube for the mirror. This
will allow the mirrors to be adjusted at a greater downward angle.
ENGINE START ENABLE SWITCH IN TILLER CAB
There will be a foot switch in the tiller cab that will enable the engine to be started.
WINDOW DEFROST FANS
Two (2) window defrost fans will be mounted in forward corners .
TILLER TRAILER
The gooseneck area of the tiller trailer will be constructed of 100,000 psi minimum yield strength steel.
The gooseneck area will have a section modulus of 289.00 cu. in. and a resistance to bending moment
of 28,900,000 inch pounds.
The gooseneck area will be 46.00" wide x 13.50" deep
117 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-133
The tiller trailer frame will be box type construction to effectively resist trailer twist
The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the trailer, with a continuous
smooth taper to a 10.75" over the tiller axle.
The frame rails will be constructed of 80,000 psi minimum yield strength heat treated .38" thick steel,
with 3.50" wide flanges and covered by top and bottom plates to form a ridged box structure. Cover
plates will be 50,000 psi minimum yield strength steel.
The tiller trailer frame will have a section modulus of 257.70 cu. in., and a resisting bending moment
(rbm) of 12,880,000 inch pounds over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus
of 18.96 cu. in. with an rbm of 2,085,803 inch pounds over the rear axle.
The overall length of the tiller trailer will be 471.00". The gooseneck area of the trailer will be extended
3.00".
WALKWAY, TURNTABLE TO BODY
A walkway will be provided from the aerial turntable to the tiller body.
TILLER TRAILER NON DRIVE AXLE
The tiller trailer axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 22,000 Ib.
Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be
made of 100,000 -psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting will be made of
55,000 -psi yield ductile iron.
The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000 -psi yield strength steel.
Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber
bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have
a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations.
The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive
camber when deflected below rated load and negative chamber above rated load.
Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life.
The kingpin bearing will be of low friction design and be sealed for life.
Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the trailer will be provided.
The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.
The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the
vehicle wheelbase.
The turning angle will be 24 degrees or greater.
118 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-134
TILLER TRAILER NON DRIVE AXLE WARRANTY
The non drive axle system will have a three (3) year parts and labor warranty.
TILLER TRAILER STEERING
Dual Sheppard M110 steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided.
The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, and capable of tilting and telescoping.
BRAKES
The tiller trailer brake calipers will be Meritor0 DiscPlusTm EX225 air disc type. The brake rotors will be
17.00" ventilated.
SUSPENSION
Independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 22,800 Ib. The independent
suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle
to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces, and at moderate speeds over rough terrain
with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.
Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each wheel end will also have energy
absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension. The suspension design will be
such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 3.75" before suspension
bottoms. The torsion bar type spring and anchor lock system will allow for simple lean adjustments
without the use of shims. Adjustment for a lean will be accomplished within 15 minutes. Anchor
adjustment design is such that it allows 4.00" of ride height adjustment per side.
The independent suspension will have been put through a durability test that simulated a minimum of
140,000 miles of inner city driving.
TIRES
Tiller trailer tires shall be Michelin 385/65R22.50 radials, load range L, X MultiWay HD XZE tread, rated
for 22,000 Ib maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed.
WHEELS. TILLER
The tires will be mounted on Alcoa® 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc type wheels with a ten
(10) -stud 11.25" bolt circle.
OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the tiller axle.
LOOSE EQUIPMENT
The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit:
• One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as
used in the construction of the unit.
NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 8.9.3 will be provided
by the fire department.
119 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-135
• Two (2) 3 ft - 4 ft plaster hooks with D handles mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.
• Two (2) crowbars.
• Two (2) claw tools.
• Two (2) 12 Ib (5 kg) sledgehammers.
• One (1) SCBA complying with NFPA 1981 for each assigned seating position, but not fewer
than four (4), mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus or stored in containers supplied by
the SCBA manufacturer.
• One (1) spare SCBA cylinder for each SCBA carried, each mounted in a bracket fastened to the
apparatus or stored in a specially designed storage space(s).
• One (1) first aid kit.
• Six (6) salvage covers, each a minimum size of 12 ft X 18 ft (3.6 m X 5.5 m).
• Four (4) combination spanner wrenches.
• Two (2) scoop shovels.
• One (1) pair of bolt cutters, 24" (0.6 m) minimum.
• Four (4) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983.
• One (1) 150 ft (45 m) light -use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983.
• One (1) 150 ft (45 m) general -use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983.
• Two (2) 150 ft (45 m) utility ropes having a breaking strength of at least 5000 Ib (2300 kg).
• One (1) box of tools to include the following:
0 one (1) hacksaw with three (3) blades
0 one (1) keyhole saw
0 one (1) 12" (.3 m) pipe wrench
0 one (1) 24" (.6 m) pipe wrench
0 one (1) ballpeen hammer
0 one (1) pair of tin snips
0 one (1) pair of pliers
0 one (1) pair of lineman's pliers
o assorted types and sizes of screwdrivers
o assorted adjustable wrenches
o assorted combination wrenches
• One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207, Standard
for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five -point breakaway feature that includes two
(2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front.
• Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped
with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro -reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of
the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro -reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the
6.00" (152 mm) band.
• Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent
orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.
• One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED).
• One (1) double female 2.50" adapter with National Hose Threads (if equipped with a fire pump).
• One (1) double male 2.50" adapter with National Hose Threads (if equipped with a fire pump).
• One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections (if equipped with a fire pump).
120 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-136
• Two (2) hydrant wrenches (if equipped with a fire pump).
• If the supply hose carried does not use sexless couplings, an additional double female adapter
and double male adapter, sized to fit the supply hose carried, will be carried mounted in
brackets fastened to the apparatus (if equipped with a fire pump).
• If none of the pump intakes are valved, a hose appliance that is equipped with one or more
gated intakes with female swivel connection(s) compatible with the supply hose used on one
side and a swivel connection with pump intake threads on the other side will be carried. Any
intake connection larger than 3.00" (75 mm) will include a pressure relief device that meets the
requirements of 16.6.6 (if equipped with a fire pump).
• If the apparatus does not have a 2.50" National Hose (NH) intake, an adapter from 2.50" NH
female to a pump intake will be carried, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus if not
already mounted directly to the intake (if equipped with a fire pump).
• If the supply hose carried has other than 2.50" National Hose (NH) threads, adapters will be
carried to allow feeding the supply hose from a 2.50" NH thread male discharge and to allow the
hose to connect to a 2.50" NH female intake, mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus if
not already mounted directly to the discharge or intake (if equipped with a fire pump).
One (1) extinguisher, 10 pound, CO2
DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER
There will be One (1) extinguisher, 20 Ib dry chemical extinguisher(s) provided.
WATER EXTINGUISHER
One (1) extinguisher„ 2.50 gallon pressurized water, will be provided.
FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 8.9.3 requires two (2) flathead axes mounted in brackets fastened to
the apparatus.
The axes are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the
axes.
PICKHEAD AXES PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 8.9.3 requires three (3) pickhead axes mounted in brackets fastened
to the apparatus.
The axes are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the
axes.
WIRING SCHEMATIC
One (1) laminated 34" x 44" drawing of the detailed wiring schematic will be provided for the 120/240 -
volt electrical system.
PAINT - BODY PAINTED TO MATCH CAB
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process
as follows:
121 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-137
1. Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be
thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be
removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior
surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized
aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.
2. Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment - All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil,
grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces
will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch
process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high
temperature 3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment
converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion. A final pure water
rinse will be applied to all metal surfaces.
3. Surfacer Primer - The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to
provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer
Primer is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a
two -component high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth
finish when sanded.
4. Finish Sanding - The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultra -
smooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the
topcoat.
5. Sealer Primer - The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not
been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two -component high
solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated.
6. Basecoat Paint - Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane
basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the
proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to
provide protection from the environment.
7. Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear
Coat is a two -component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the
exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll -up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint
warranty for the roll -up doors will be provided by the roll -up door manufacture.
Each batch of basecoat color is checked for a proper match before painting of the cab and the body.
After the cab and body are painted, the color is verified again to make sure that it matches the color
standard. Electronic color measuring equipment is used to compare the color sample to the color
standard entered into the computer. Color specifications are used to determine the color match. A
Delta E reading is used to determine a good color match within each family color.
All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and
separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish
painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly.
Pierce Manufacturing paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides,
body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) meet or exceed the Cadillac/General Motors
GMW15777 global paint requirements. Orange peel levels meet or exceed the #6 A.C.T.standard in
122 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-138
critical areas. These requirements are met in order for the exterior paint finish to be considered
acceptable. The Pierce Manufacturing written paint standards will be available upon request.
The cab will be two-tone, with the upper section painted #267 White upper area along with a shield
design on the cab face and lower section of the cab and body painted #107 Red lower area. The
special shield will be located high shield than the standard shield.
PAINT - ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
Contractor will meet or exceed all current State regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution
control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the
following conditions:
• Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.
• Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal
treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals.
• Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a 99.99% efficiency factor.
• Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash
process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98.00%. Water wash systems
will be 99.97% efficient
• Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to
keep the water clean.
• Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner.
• Empty metal paint containers will be to recover the metal.
• Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and
returned for reuse.
Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone
depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility
meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his State EPA rules and regulations.
PAINT
The tiller cab will be painted Red #107.
PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be finished with primer and gloss paint to match the lower job color
before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission
assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc.
Components treated with epoxy E -coat protection prior to paint:
• Two (2) C -channel frame rails
Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted not e -coated are:
• Cross members
• Axles
• Suspensions
123 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-139
• Steering gear
• Battery boxes
• Bumper extension weldment
• Frame extensions
• Body mounting angles
• Rear Body support substructure (front and rear)
• Pump house substructure
• Air tanks
• Steel fuel tank
• Castings
• Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly
The E -coat process will meet the technical properties shown
AXLE HUB PAINT
All axle hubs will be painted to match lower job color.
TRANSIT COATING
All non -painted metal surfaces on the exterior of the vehicle will be sprayed with a corrosion protective
coating provided by Carwell. The coating can be removed with soap and water. The coating is made
of a linseed oil base and is biodegradable.
The underside non -painted metal surfaces will also be coated with a corrosion protective coating.
COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT
The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to
make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks.
AERIAL DEVICE PAINT COLOR
The aerial device paint procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows:
1. Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the aerial device structural components
above the rotation point will be thoroughly cleaned and mechanically shot -blasted to remove metal
impurities and prepare the aerial for painting.
2. Zinc Rich Primer - Zinc rich primer will be applied to the torque box and stabilizers.
3. Primer/Surfacer Coats - A two (2) component epoxy primer/surfacer will be applied to the
mechanically shot -blasted metal surfaces to provide a strong corrosion protective base coat and to
smooth out the surface. All seams will be caulked with a two (2) component epoxy caulk before
painting.
4. Hand Sandinq - The primer/surfacer coat of the outer surfaces of the hand rails and base rails will
be lightly sanded to a smooth finish.
5. Primer Coat - A two (2) component epoxy primer coat will be applied over the sanded primer
124 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-140
6. Topcoat Paint - Urethane base coat will be applied to opacity for correct color matching.
7. Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of an automotive grade two (2) component urethane will be applied.
Surfaces that will not be painted include all chrome plated, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum
and bright aluminum treadplate.
All buy out components, such as monitor, nozzle, gauges, etc. will be supplied as received from the
vendor.
Removable items such as brackets will be removed and painted separately to ensure paint coverage
behind all mounted items.
The aerial device components will be painted as follows using the aforementioned seven (7) step
finishing process:
• Aerial device ladder sections and extension cylinders: white 267
• Aerial turntable: white 267
• Aerial control console: red 107
• Aerial lift cylinders: red 107
• Aerial rotation motor (if applicable): red 107
• Aerial torque box, support structure, components below the rotation point, tiller axle and
suspension: red 107
• Aerial stabilizers: red 107
• Aerial egress: 107 red (will be contrasting color to the aerial device ladder sections)
• Aerial boom support: red 107
REFLECTIVE STRIPES
Three (3) reflective stripes will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the
body. The reflective band will consist of a 1.00" white stripe at the top with a 1.00" gap then a 6.00"
white stripe with a 1.00" gap and a 1.00" white stripe on the bottom.
The reflective band provided on the cab face will be below the headlights on the fiberglass.
REAR CHEVRON STRIPING
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear -facing vertical surface of the apparatus
including the rear door and bumper. The tillerman cab will not be covered.
The colors will be red and yellow diamond grade.
Each stripe will be 6.00" in width.
This will meet the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1901, which states that 50% of the rear
surface will be covered with chevron striping.
REFLECTIVE STRIPE ON STABILIZERS
There will be a 4.00" wide white reflective stripe provided on the forward and rear facing side of all
aerial stabilizers.
125 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-141
JOG(S) IN REFLECTIVE BAND
The reflective band located on each side of the apparatus body will contain one (1) jog(s) and will be
angled at approximately a 45 degrees when installed.
REFLECTIVE STRIPE OUTLINE
A black vinyl outline will be provided for each chevron stripe at the rear of the truck.
REFLECTIVE STRIPE OUTLINE
A black outline will be applied on the top and the bottom of the reflective band. There will be one (1)
set of outline stripes required.
CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE
Reflective striping will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The striping will match what
has been provided on the exterior of the unit.
This stripe will meet the NFPA 1901 requirement
REFLECTIVE STRIPE, TILLERMAN DOORS
A 6.00" x 16.00" white reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each tillerman's entry door.
The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel.
This stripe will meet the NFPA 1901 requirement.
CAB STRIPE
There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe provided on both sides of the cab in place of the chrome
molding and on the cab face with shield.
BOOM SIGN STRIPING
There will be genuine gold leaf stripes along all edges of the aerial boom sign. The stripes will have an
outline and a scroll at each corner.
LETTERING
The lettering will be totally encapsulated between two (2) layers of clear vinyl.
LETTERING
Forty-one (41) to sixty (60) genuine gold leaf lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade will be
provided.
LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 12.00" high, with no outline or shade provided. There will be six (6)
letters provided.
LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 5.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 24 letters
provided.
126 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-142
LETTERING
Twenty-one (21) to forty (40) genuine gold leaf lettering, 7.00" high, with outline and shade will be
provided.
MALTESE CROSS INSTALLATION
There will be one (1) pair of maltese crosses, comprised of genuine gold leaf material, provided and
installed Located on cab doors..
EMBLEM
There will be two (2) emblem(s), approximately 5.00" - 8.00" wide in size, installed Located on the light
bezel sides on cab.. The emblem will feature a "Flying American Flag" and an "Eagle Head".
CAB GRILLE DESIGN
An American flag design will be painted on the cab grille.
MANUAL, FIRE APPARATUS PARTS
Two (2) custom parts manuals for the complete fire apparatus will be provided in hard copy with the
completed unit.
One (1) compact disc (CD) will also be provided that will include all of the information from the above
manual.
The manual will contain the following:
- Job number
- Part numbers with full descriptions
- Table of contents
- Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly
- Parts section sorted in Alphabetical order
- Instructions on how to locate parts
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a
generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.
SERVICE PARTS INTERNET SITE
The service parts information included in this manual is also available on the Pierce website. The
website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital
photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to
assist in locating parts quickly.
MANUALS, CHASSIS SERVICE
Two (2) chassis service manuals containing parts and service information on major components will be
provided with the completed unit.
127 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-143
One (1) compact disk (CD) will also be provided that will include all of the information from the above
manual.
The manuals will contain the following sections:
- Job number
- Table of contents
- Troubleshooting
- Front Axle/Suspension
- Brakes
- Engine
- Tires
- Wheels
- Cab
- Electrical, DC
- Air Systems
- Plumbing
- Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic
manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.
MANUALS, CHASSIS OPERATION
Two (2) chassis operation manuals will be provided.
One (1) compact disk (CD) will also be provided that will include all of the information from the above
manual.
ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal.
THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce custom chassis limited warranty certificate, WA0284, is included with this proposal.
ENGINE WARRANTY
A Cummins five (5) year limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate,
WA0181, is included with this proposal.
128 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-144
STEERING GEAR WARRANTY
A Sheppard three (3) year limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty
certificate will be submitted with the bid package.
FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom chassis frame and crossmembers limited warranty certificate, WA0038, is included
with this proposal
FRONT AXLE THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
The Pierce TAK-4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA0050, is included with this proposal.
SINGLE REAR AXLE FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A MeritorTm Axle 5 year limited warranty will be provided.
ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A Meritor WabcoTm ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this
proposal.
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal.
TEN (10) YEAR PRO -RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce cab limited pro -rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal.
FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA0014, is included with this
proposal.
COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY
The compartment lights will not offer an extended warranty.
TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a five (5) year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and
labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission,
Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your
Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations.
TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission
cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the
warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate will
be submitted with the bid package.
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal.
129 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-145
ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A Gortite roll -up door limited warranty will be provided. The mechanical components of the roll -up door
will be warranted against defects in material and workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle. A six (6)
year limited warranty will be provided on painted and satin roll up doors.
The limited warranty certificate, WA0190, is included with this proposal.
TWENTY (20) YEAR AERIAL DEVICE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY WARRANTY
The Pierce device limited warranty certificate, WA0052, is included with this proposal.
AERIAL SWIVEL WARRANTY
An Amity five (5) year limited swivel warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be
submitted with the bid package.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS WARRANTY
Aerial hydraulic system components will be provided with a five (5) year material and workmanship
limited warranty.
HYDRAULIC SEAL WARRANTY
Aerial hydraulic seals will be provided with a three (3) year material and workmanship limited warranty.
A copy of the warranty certificates will be submitted with the bid package.
AERIAL WATERWAY WARRANTY
An Amity ten (10) year limited waterway warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate
will be submitted with the bid package.
FOUR (4) YEAR PRO -RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce aerial device limited pro -rated paint warranty certificate, WA0047, is included with this
proposal.
SIX (6) YEAR GENERATOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A Harrison Hydra -Gen limited warranty certificate, WA0285, is included with this proposal.
TEN (10) YEAR PRO -RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce body limited pro -rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal.
THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Goldstar gold leaf lamination limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0018, is
included with this proposal.
VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA
1901, current edition, section 4.13, Vehicle Stability. The certification will be provided at the time of bid.
130 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-146
ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine
manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification
will be provided at the time of delivery.
POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as
installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification will be provided at the
time of bid.
CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab integrity certification with this proposal. The
certification will state that the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third -party test
facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle
accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will
provide a state -licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will
meet or exceed the requirements below:
• European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29.
• SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi -Static Loading Heavy Trucks.
• SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.
Roof Crush
The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,050 Ib. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria and
is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of 10 metric tons.
Additional Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 100,000 lbs. This value exceeds the ECE 29
criteria by nearly 4.5 times.
Side Impact
The same cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 13,275 Ib moving barrier slams into the
side of the cab at 5.5 mph at a force of 13,000 ft -lbs. This test is part of the SAE J2422 test procedure
and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident.
Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft -lbs of force using a moving barrier in
accordance with SAE J2420.
Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,200 ft -lbs of force using a moving barrier, (twice the
force required by SAE J2420).
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the
occupant area.
131 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-147
CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where
the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar
to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural
damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear.
WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will
survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper
Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper system
design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria.
ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Cab window roll -up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The
window regulator design will complete 30,000 complete up -down cycles and still function normally when
finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the
apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component
wear.
SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be
validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 Ib of pull on both the lap
and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages. The bidder will
certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.
SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be
validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in
accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify that each seat mount and
cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.
PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS
Cab Air Conditioning
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces
humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system
will cool the cab from a heat -soaked condition at 100 degrees Fahrenheit to an average of 78 degrees
Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and
has met these criteria.
Cab Defroster
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system
will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems
Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles. The
bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the
SAE J381 criteria.
132 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-148
Cab Auxiliary Heater
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for
personnel, whether in -transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees
Fahrenheit from a cold -soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in
SAE J381. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested
and has met these criteria.
AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw
of the entire vehicle's electrical system.
The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:
Documentation of the electrical system performance tests.
A written load analysis, which will include the following:
o The nameplate rating of the alternator.
o The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:
■ Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition).
o The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:
Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition).
o Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total
connected load.
o Each individual intermittent load.
All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906
(Current Edition).
133 of 133 Proposal 1-26-21
11-149
EXHIBIT B
PRICING PROPOSAL
South Coast Fire Equipment Inc.
Page B-1
11-150
PROPOSAL FOR FURNISHING FIRE APPARATUS
January 26, 2021
City of Newport Beach SOOT OAST
100 Civic Center Drive
Newport Beach, CA 92658
The undersigned is prepared to provide for you, our customer, upon an order being placed by you,
for final acceptance by South Coast Fire Equipment, Inc., at its corporate office in Ontario, California,
the apparatus and equipment herein named and for the following prices:
PLEASE NOTE THE FOLLOWING ABOUT THIS QUOTATION:
Payment options are available and are included under separate cover. One of these options
may save your department a significant amount of money!
Said apparatus and equipment are to be built by the manfacturer and shipped in accordance with
the specifications hereto attached, delays due to strikes, war or international conflict, failures to
obtain chassis, materials, or other causes beyond our control not preventing, within about
360-395 calender days after receipt of this order and the acceptance thereof at our office
in Ontario, California, and to be delivered to you at Newport Beach CA
The specifications herein contained shall form a part of the final contract and are subject to
changes desired by the purchaser, provided such alterations are interlined prior to the acceptance
by the company of the order to purchase, and provided such alterations do not materially affect
the cost of the construction of the apparatus.
The proposal for fire apparatus conforms with all Federal Department of Transportation (DOT) rules
and regulations in effect at the time of bid, and with all National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
guidelines for Automotive Fire Apparatus as published at time of bid, except as modified by
customer specifications. Any increased costs incurred by the first party because of future changes
in or additions to said DOT or NFPA standards will be passed along to the customer as an addition
to the price set forth above.
Respectfully Submitted,
South oast Fire Equipment, Inc.
Kevin M. Newell
Sales Representative
11-151
Each
Extension
One ( 1 )
Pierce 107' Tractor Drawn Aerial mounted
on a Pierce Arrow XT custom chassis
$
1,395,991.00
$
1,395,991,00
Sales Tax @ 7.750%
$
108,189.30
$
108,189.30
APPARATUS COST WITH TAX
$
1,504,180.30
$
1,504,180.30
Performance Bond
$
3,140.98
$
3,140.98
California Tire Fee
$
14.00
$
14.00
Consortium Fee Not Applicable
$
-
$
-
TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE
$
1,507,335.28
$
1,507,335.28
PLEASE NOTE THE FOLLOWING ABOUT THIS QUOTATION:
Payment options are available and are included under separate cover. One of these options
may save your department a significant amount of money!
Said apparatus and equipment are to be built by the manfacturer and shipped in accordance with
the specifications hereto attached, delays due to strikes, war or international conflict, failures to
obtain chassis, materials, or other causes beyond our control not preventing, within about
360-395 calender days after receipt of this order and the acceptance thereof at our office
in Ontario, California, and to be delivered to you at Newport Beach CA
The specifications herein contained shall form a part of the final contract and are subject to
changes desired by the purchaser, provided such alterations are interlined prior to the acceptance
by the company of the order to purchase, and provided such alterations do not materially affect
the cost of the construction of the apparatus.
The proposal for fire apparatus conforms with all Federal Department of Transportation (DOT) rules
and regulations in effect at the time of bid, and with all National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
guidelines for Automotive Fire Apparatus as published at time of bid, except as modified by
customer specifications. Any increased costs incurred by the first party because of future changes
in or additions to said DOT or NFPA standards will be passed along to the customer as an addition
to the price set forth above.
Respectfully Submitted,
South oast Fire Equipment, Inc.
Kevin M. Newell
Sales Representative
11-151
souTH&Oasr
City of Newport Beach
100% Pre -Payment Option
January 26, 2021
If a 100% pre -payment were made at contract signing, the following discount would be applied to
the final invoice:
BALANCE DUE AT DELIVERY
$0.00 $0.00
a) it your aepartment makes a T00% cash pre -payment at contract signing.
b) If your department signs up for a lease -purchase with Pierce Financial Solutions. This would
require no money down and no payments for one (1) year if desired.
* Discount for the 100% pre -payment option includes discounts for the chassis, interest, aerial
(if applicable), and flooring charges.
* Any item added after this option is elected will come at additional cost and will be added to the
final invoice.
11-152
Each
Extension
One ( 1 ) Pierce 107' Tractor Drawn Aerial
mounted on a Pierce Arrow XT custom
chassis
$
1,395,991.00
$
1,395,991.00
100% Prepayment Discount
$
(49,000.00)
$
(49,000.00)
APPARATUS COST
$
1,346,991.00
$
1,346,991.00
Sales Tax @ 7.750%
$
104,391.80
$
104,391.80
Performance Bond
$
3,140.98
$
3,140.98
California Tire Fee
$
14.00
$
14.00
Consortium Fee Not Applicable
$
-
$
-
TOTAL PREPAY PURCHASE PRICE
$
1,454,537.78
$
1,454,537.78
Less 100% pre -payment at Contract Signing
$
1,454,537.78 1
$
1,454,537.78
BALANCE DUE AT DELIVERY
$0.00 $0.00
a) it your aepartment makes a T00% cash pre -payment at contract signing.
b) If your department signs up for a lease -purchase with Pierce Financial Solutions. This would
require no money down and no payments for one (1) year if desired.
* Discount for the 100% pre -payment option includes discounts for the chassis, interest, aerial
(if applicable), and flooring charges.
* Any item added after this option is elected will come at additional cost and will be added to the
final invoice.
11-152
EXHIBIT C
WARRANTY
South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page C-1
11-153
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Twenty (20) Year Structural Integrity
Pierce Aerial Device
zeme&d
,4#
1. LIMITED WARRANTY
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides
the following warranty to the Buyer:
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER
OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
10/23/2013 WA0052
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or dot;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES
ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense)
any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury
damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or
any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay
damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any
such damages.
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (d
any) or to the warranties (d any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any
part component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the
vehicle.
Each new Pierce Aerial Device shall be free from defects in
material and workmanship.
Coverage:
Aerial Device Models Covered by this warranty include:
Aerial Platforms
Aerial Ladders
SkyBoom
Warranty Begins:
The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the
product ships from the factory).
Warranty Period
Twenty (20) Years
Ends After:
- or -
100,000 Miles
This warranty applies only to the torque box, turntable, aerial
sections and other structural components of the aerial
device, as identified in the Pierce specifications for the aerial
device. This warranty shall be void if, or to the extent that the
Conditions and
aerial device is not maintained in strict compliance with
Exclusions:
NFPA Standard 1911 in effect at time of sale, including such
periodic inspections and testing by qualified third parties as
See Also
are required by that Standard as it may be in effect from time
Paragraphs
to time. Proof of such compliance shall accompany any
2 thru 4
claims under this warranty. Third party testing agencies
known to Pierce to be qualified for such purposes may be .
obtained from the Pierce Customer Service Department
This warranty does not apply to damage caused by
corrosion.
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER
OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
10/23/2013 WA0052
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or dot;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES
ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense)
any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury
damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or
any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay
damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any
such damages.
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (d
any) or to the warranties (d any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any
part component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the
vehicle.
�--C7 Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Cab
Limited Warranty
1. LIMITED WARRANTY
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides
the following warranty to the Buyer:
Coverage:
The Pierce Custom Cab shall be free from structural failures
caused by defects in material and workmanship
Warranty Begins:
The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the
product ships from the factory).
Warranty Period
Ten (10) Years
Ends After:
- or
100,000 Miles
Conditions and
This warranty applies only to the cab tubular support and
Exclusions:
mounting structures and other structural components of the
cab of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce
See Also
specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus.
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER
OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
2/8/2010 WA0012
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense)
any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY
OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce
specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties,
damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated
equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other
types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any)
or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part,
component attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
11-155
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
One (1) Year Material and Workmanship
Basic Apparatus
Limited Warranty
1. LIMITED WARRANTY
Subject to the limitationsand exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides
the following warranty to the Buyer:
Coverage:
Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be
free from defects in material and workmanship
Warranty Begins:
The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from
the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first.
Warranty Period
Twelve (12) months.
Ends After:
Conditions and
Exclusions:
See Also
No specific exclusions apply
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER
OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
2/8/2010 WA0008
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, fires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense)
any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY,
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY
OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce
specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties,
damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated
equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other
types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any)
or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part,
component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
11-156
�+ Al11Son
• T!'BIISln1SS10II.
NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY
PARTICIPATING OEM SALES
DISTRIBUTOR SALES
LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS
USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS
Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission
listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following terms, conditions, and limitations.
WHAT IS COVERED
• WARRANTY APPLIES — This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and
is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period.
• REPAIRS COVERED — The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission's option, to correct any transmission
malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements
will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances.
• TOWING — Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent
further damage to your transmission.
• PAYMENT TERMS — Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in
section "APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE."
• OBTAINING REPAIRS — To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer
within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or
Dealer to perform necessary repairs.
• TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION— Labor costs for the removal and re -installation of the transmission,
when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty.
• WARRANTY PERIOD — The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail
purchaser, with the following exception:
Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers).
If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty
services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are
reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be
entitled to the remaining warranty.
APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE
Page 1 of 2
11-157
WARRANTY LIMITATIONS
ADJUSTMEN T CHARGE TO BE
APPLICABLE '
(Whichever occur first
PAID^BY THE CUSTOMER
MODELS
Transmission Miles
Months
Or Kilometers
Parts
Labor
`MT, MD
3000, 3200, 3500, 3700
0-24
No Limit
No Charge
No Charge
HT with Hydraulic Controls
0-24
No Limit
No Charge
No Charge
AT, 1000 SeriesTM, 2000 SeriesTM,
2400 SeriesTM
0-36
No Limit
No Charge
No Charge
HT with Electronic Controls
0-60
No Limit
No Charge
No Charge
HD `
1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS
2350 EVS, 2500 EVS, 2550 EVS,
3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000, -
0-60
No Limit
No Charge
No Charge
4000 EVS, 4500, 4500 EVS, 4700,
4700 EVS, 4800, 4800XVS
Page 1 of 2
11-157
WHAT IS NOT COVERED
• DAMAGE DUE TO ACCIDENT, MISUSE, or ALTERATION — Defects and damage caused as the result of any of the following
are not covered:
— Flood, collision, fire, theft, freezing, vandalism, riot, explosion, or objects striking the vehicle;
— Misuse of the vehicle;
— Installation into unapproved applications and installations;
— Alterations or modification of the transmission or the vehicle, and
— Damage resulting from improper storage (refer to long-term storage procedure outlined in the applicable Allison Service Manual)
— Anything other than defects in Allison Transmission material or workmanship
NOTE: This warranty is void on transmissions used in vehicles currently or previously titled as salvaged, scrapped, junked, or totaled.
• CHASSIS, BODY, and COMPONENTS —The chassis and body company (assemblers) and other component and equipment manufacturers
are solely responsible for warranties on the chassis, body, component(s), and equipment they provide. Any transmission repair caused by an
alteration(s) made to the Allison transmission or the vehicle which allows the transmission to be installed or operated outside of the limits
defined in the appropriate Allison Installation Guideline is solely the responsibility of the entity making the alteration(s).
• DAMAGE CAUSED by LACK of MAINTENANCE or by the USE of TRANSMISSION FLUIDS NOT RECOMMENDED in
the OPERATOR'S MANUAL — Defects and damage caused by any of the following are not covered:
— Failure to follow the recommendations of the maintenance schedule intervals applicable to the transmission;
— Failure to use transmission fluids or maintain transmission fluid levels recommended in the Operator's Manual.
• MAINTENANCE — Normal maintenance (such as replacement of filters, screens, and transmission fluid) is not covered and is the
owner's responsibility.
• REPAIRS by UNAUTHORIZED DEALERS — Defects and damage caused by a service outlet that is not an authorized Allison
Transmission Distributor or Dealer are not covered.
• USE of OTHER THAN GENUINE ALLISON TRANSMISSION PARTS — Defects and damage caused by the use of parts that are
not genuine Allison Transmission parts are not covered.
• EXTRA EXPENSES — Economic loss and extra expenses are not covered. Examples include but are not limited to: loss of vehicle
use; inconvenience; storage; payment for loss of time or pay; vehicle rental expense; lodging; meals; or other travel costs.
• "DENIED PARTY" OWNERSHIP — Warranty repair parts and labor costs are not reimbursed to any participating or non -participating
OEMs, dealers or distributors who perform warranty work for, or on behalf of, end users identified by the United States as being a "denied
party" or who are citizens of sanctioned or embargoed countries as defined by the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets
Control. Furthermore, warranty reimbursements are not guaranteed if the reimbursement would be contrary to any United States export control
laws or regulations as defined by the U.S. Department of Commerce, the U.S. Department of State, or the U.S. Department of Treasury.
OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO CONSUMERS AS DEFINED by the MAGNUSON-MOSS WARRANTY ACT
This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state.
Allison Transmission does not authorize any person to create for it any other obligation or liability in connection with these transmissions.
ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLICABLE TO
THESE TRANSMISSIONS IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY.
PERFORMANCE OF REPAIRS AND NEEDED ADJUSTMENTS IS THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY UNDER THIS WRITTEN
WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST WAGES OR VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES)
RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY.—
** Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty will last or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or
consequential damages, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you.
OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO OTHER END-USERS
THIS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO THE ALLISON TRANSMISSION MODELS LISTED
ABOVE AND IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY
IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ALLISON
TRANSMISSION DOES NOT AUTHORIZE ANY PERSON TO CREATE FOR IT ANY OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY
IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH TRANSMISSIONS. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY.
QUESTIONS
If you have any questions regarding this warranty or the performance of warranty obligations, you may contact any Allison Transmission
Distributor or Dealer or write to:
Allison Transmission, Inc.
P.O. Box 894
Indianapolis, IN 46206-0894
Attention: Warranty Administration PF -9
Form SE0616EN (201009)
Page 2 of 2
11-158
•` F Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship
Command Zone Electronics
Limited Warranty
1. LIMITED WARRANTY
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides
the following warranty to the Buyer:
Coverage:
Command Zone control modules shall be free from failures
caused by defects in material and workmanship
Warranty Begins:
The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the
product ships from the factory).
Warranty Period
Five (5) Years
Ends After:
Conditions and
This limited warranty applies to all of the control modules for
Exclusions:
the Command Zone system, including the full color graphic
displays. Related wire harnesses, cables and connectors are
See Also
not covered under this limited warranty and are instead
Paragraphs
covered under the Pierce One Year Basic Apparatus Limited
2 thru 4
Warranty.
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER
OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
2/8/2010 WA0014
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense)
any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE. DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY
OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce
specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties,
damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated
equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other
types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any)
or to the warranties i7f any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part,
component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
11-159
=► '> Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
Goldstar® Gold Leaf Lamination
1. LIMITED WARRANTY
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides
the following warranty to the Buyer:
Coverage:
Each Goldstar@) gold leaf lamination shall be free from
defects in material and workmanship.
Warranty Begins:
The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the
product ships from the factory).
Warranty Period
Three (3) Years
Ends After:
Conditions and
Exclusions:
This warranty does not cover damage from lack of
maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance
See Also
procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and
Paragraphs
maintenance manual).
2 thru 4
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is property maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER
OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
2/22/2010 WA0018
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense)
any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY
OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce
specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties,
damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated
equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other
types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.
Note: Any Surety Bond, Na part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (1fany)
or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part,
component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
11-160
------------
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
TAK-4 Independent Front Suspension
1. LIMITED WARRANTY
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides
the following warranty to the Buyer:
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER
OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
12/16/2013 WA0050
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES
ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense)
any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury
damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or
any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay
damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any
such damages.
Note. Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which thislimited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if
any) or to the warranties (f any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any
part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the
vehicle.
The TAKA Front Independent Suspension and Steering
Coverage:
Gears shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship.
Warranty Begins:
The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the
product ships from the factory).
Warranty Period
Three (3) Years
Ends After:
-or-
30,000 Miles
Conditions and
Exclusions:
This limited warranty excludes brake pads, brake rotors, seal
See Also
boots and shock absorbers.
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER
OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
12/16/2013 WA0050
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES
ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense)
any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury
damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or
any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay
damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any
such damages.
Note. Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which thislimited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if
any) or to the warranties (f any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any
part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the
vehicle.
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity
Chassis Frame & Crossmembers
yifnded owletllea�vwl
aw
1. LIMITED WARRANTY
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides
the following warranty to the Buyer:
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is property maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER
OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
2/16/2010 WA0038
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, If any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense)
any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY
OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce
specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties,
damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated
equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other
types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document frf any)
or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part,
component attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
11-162
Custom chassis frame rail and cross members manufactured
Coverage:
by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship
Warranty Begins:
The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the
product ships from the factory).
Warranty Period
Fifty (50) Years
Ends After:
(Expected Life of Apparatus)
Conditions and
Exclusions:
See Also
This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is property maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER
OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
2/16/2010 WA0038
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, If any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense)
any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY
OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce
specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties,
damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated
equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other
types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document frf any)
or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part,
component attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
11-162
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Ten (10) Year Pro -Rated Paint and Corrosion
Cab
1. LIMITED WARRANTY
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides
the following warranty to the Buyer:
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER
OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
2/8/2010 WA0056
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or dot;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, fires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense)
any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY
OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce
specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties,
damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated
equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other
types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any)
or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part,
component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
11-163
Exterior surfaces of the cab painted by Pierce shall be free
Coverage:
from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion
defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint
material selection.
Warranty Begins:
The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the
product ships from the factory).
Warranty Period
Ten (10) Years
Ends After:
This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the
following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any:
Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention &
Cracking
0-72 months 100%
73-96 months 50%
97-120 months 25
Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling
0-36 months 100
37-84 months 50
85.120 months 25%
Conditions and
Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice
Exclusions:
0.36 months 100%
See Also
37-48 months 50%
Paragraphs
49.72 months 25%
2 thru 4
73.120 months 10
Corrosion Perforation
0-120 months 100%
This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on
the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic
One Year Limited Warranty.
Items not covered by this warranty include:
(a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper
cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the
Pierce operation and maintenance manual).
(b) UV paint fade.
(c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce.
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER
OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
2/8/2010 WA0056
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or dot;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, fires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense)
any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY
OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce
specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties,
damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated
equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other
types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any)
or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part,
component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
11-163
`" j r �►- Fire and Rescue Apparatus
_0
Ten (10) Year Pro -Rated Paint and Corrosion
Custom Body
Limited Warranty
1. LIMITED WARRANTY
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides
the following warranty to the Buyer:
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER
OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
2/8/2010 WA0057
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense)
any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY
OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce
specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties,
damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated
equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other
types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any)
or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part,
component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
11-164
Exterior surfaces of the body shall be free from blistering,
Coverage:
peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by
defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection.
Warranty Begins:
The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the
product ships from the factory).
Warranty Period
Ten (10) Years
Ends After:
This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the
following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any:
Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention &
Cracking
0.72 months 100
73-96 months 50
97-120 months 25%
Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling
0-36 months 100
37-84 months 50
85-120 months 25%
Conditions and
Exclusions:
Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice
0-36 months 100%
See Also
37.48 months 50
Paragraphs
49-72 months 25%
2 thru 4
73-120 months 10
Corrosion Perforation
0.120 months 100%
This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on
the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic
One Year Limited Warranty.
Items not covered by this warranty include:
(a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper
cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the
Pierce operation and maintenance manual).
(b) UV paint fade.
(c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce.
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER
OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
2/8/2010 WA0057
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense)
any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY
OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce
specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties,
damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated
equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other
types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any)
or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part,
component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
11-164
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Four (4) Year Pro -Rated Paint and Corrosion
Aerial Device
Limited Warranty
1. LIMITED WARRANTY
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides
the following warragty to the Buyer:
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER
OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
2/8/2010 WA0047
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety 9 the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense)
any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY
OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce
specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties,
damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated
equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other
types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any)
or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part,
component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
11-165
Aerial device shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion
Coverage:
or any other adhesion defect caused by defective
manufacturing methods or paint material selection for
exterior surfaces.
Warranty Begins:
The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the
product ships from the factory).
Warranty Period
Four (4) Years
Ends After:
This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the
following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any:
Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention $
Cracking
0-24 months 100
25-48 months 50
Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling
0-24 months 100
25.48 months 50%
Conditions and
Exclusions:
Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice
0-24 months 100%
See Also
2548 months 50
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Corrosion Perforation
0.24 months 100
2548 months 50
This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint.
Items not covered by this warranty include:
(a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper
cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the
Pierce operation and maintenance manual).
(b) UV paint fade.
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER
OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
2/8/2010 WA0047
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety 9 the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense)
any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY
OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce
specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties,
damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated
equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other
types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any)
or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part,
component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
11-165
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity
Apparatus Body
Limited Warranty
1. LIMITED WARRANTY
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides
the following warranty to the Buyer:
Coverage:
The apparatus body shall be free from structural failures
caused by defects in material and workmanship
Warranty Begins:
The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the
product ships from the factory).
Warranty Period
Ten If 0) Years
Ends After:
-or-
100,000 Miles
Conditions and
This warranty applies only to the body tubular support and
Exclusions:
mounting structures and other structural components of the
body of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce
See Also
specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus.
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER
OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
2/8/2010 WA0009
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense)
any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY
OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce
specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties,
damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated
equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other
types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.
Note., Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any)
or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part,
component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
11-166
Sales Bulletin: 019
Revision A
Effective Date: 08/01/2017
Subject: Harrison Warranty Coverage
Dear Strategic Partner:
The Harrison Management Team recently reviewed the feedback from our new and long-time
customers on our current warranty policy implemented in the fall of 2015.
After looking over the feedback from our customers and the complexities the current warranty
carries, the Management Team has elected to return to our previous 2-year/2,000-hour warranty
which was less cumbersome and more encompassing for our customers.
Harrison continues to offer our Extended Warranty, at an additional cost, which adds 3 -years to
the standard warranty, for a total of 5 -years.
We appreciate your understanding and thank you for your continued loyalty.
Best Regards,
U
Paul Newton
Vice President (VP) — Sales & Marketing
14233 West Road I Houston TX 770411 Tel 281.807.4420 1 Fax 281.807.4815 1 www.harrisonhydragen.com
11-167
MANUFACTURER'S LIMITED WARRANTY - HYDRAULIC GENERATORS
FIRE & EMERGENCY VOCATION
Harrison Hydra-GenO (Seller) extends to the original purchaser (Buyer) of goods for use
(whether it be an OEM, dealer, re -seller, or end-user) the following warranty covering the
Harrison Hydra-GenO Generator System, subject to the qualifications indicated. Harrison
Hydra -Gen@ Generator Systems shall consist of a Harrison generator tray assembly and its'
components, a Harrison hydraulic pump assembly, and a Harrison supplied meter assembly,-
unless
ssembly;unless otherwise specified in below guidelines.
Harrison Hydra -Gen@ warrants the original purchaser that the Generator System
manufactured or supplied by Harrison Hydra -Gen@ will be free from defects in materials and
workmanship, provided such goods are:
1. Installed, operated and maintained in accordance with the Harrison Hydra -Gen@
owner's manual, and/or written installation addendums.
2. Each new application has been reviewed and approved by the Harrison Hydra -Gen@
Application Engineering Group.
PERIOD OF WARRANTY
*Six (6) years or 1000 hours of usage, whichever
comes first, from the date the product is shipped from
Harrison to the Installer.
*The END USER must complete and return to Harrison Hydra -Gen@ the Harrison Hydra -
Gen@ Warranty Registration Card, Form WRA, provided in the generator manual and
provided online @ www.harrisonhydragen.com, within 45 days of delivery.
Warranty includes all parts and labor. In addition, maintenance items that are contaminated
or damaged by a proven warrantable failure are covered in years 1-2, and Labor time up to 4
hours, travel time up to 2.5 hours, and mileage up to 100 miles for warranty related repairs are
covered in years 1-2.
Repair or replacement parts are warranted for ninety (90) days from date of purchase,
excluding labor and travel expenses. Any part repaired or replaced during the warranty period
assumes the remainder of the warranty or ninety (90) days, whichever is greater.
Only components supplied by Harrison Hydra -Gen@ are covered under this warranty.
14233 West Road I Houston TX 770411 Tel 281.807.4420 1 Fax 281.807.4815 1 www.harrisonhydragen.com
11-168
There is no other express warranty. Implied warranties, including merchantability and fitness
for a particular purpose, are limited to periods set forth above and to the extent permitted by
law. Any and all implied warranties are excluded. In no event is Harrison Hydra -Gen® liable
for incidental or consequential damages.
The Buyer (OEM, dealer, re -seller, or end-user) must notify Harrison Hydra -Gen®, an
Authorized Distributor, or a designated Harrison Hydra -Gen® Service Representative, in
writing, within thirty (30) calendar days after goods or parts failed to meet this warranty.
The sole liability of Harrison Hydra -Gen® and the Buyer's sole remedy for a failure of goods
under this warranty and for any and all other claims arising out of the purchase and use of the
goods, including negligence on the part of the manufacturer, shall be limited to the repair or
replacement of the product, at the option of Harrison Hydra -Gen®, of the parts that do not
conform to this warranty, provided that the product or parts are returned to the Harrison Hydra -
Gen@ manufacturing facility.
A Returned Goods Authorization (RGA) is required for all products and parts being returned,
and may be requested by phone, fax, email, or mail.
Failure to make timely delivery to Harrison Hydra -Gen® of the goods claimed to be defective
shall void any warranty.
Unless previous written agreements have been made between the Buyer and Harrison Hydra -
Gen@, the Buyer shall be responsible for all freight and shipping charges in connection with
the delivery of the goods claimed to be defective, to Harrison Hydra -Gen® at its manufacturing
facility, and the return of repaired or replacement goods to the Buyer.
If Harrison Hydra -Gen® determines that no warranty coverage is available for goods claimed
to be defective, whether determination is based on the warranty being voided, the product
failure being due to a cause not covered by the warranty, the failure to make a timely and
proper warranty claim, or otherwise, the Buyer shall have the option of either:
1. Having the goods not repaired and returned to the Buyer, freight collect.
2. Having the goods repaired, If Harrison Hydra -Gen® determines that the product is
repairable, and returned to the Buyer, freight collect. The Buyer will be responsible for
all costs associated with the repair and testing of the goods and shall authorize Harrison
Hydra -Gen®, in writing, to have the goods repaired and tested by Harrison Hydra-
GenO.
The owner is obligated to operate and maintain the goods in accordance with the
recommendations published by Harrison Hydra -Gen@ in the owner's manual. The owner is
14233 West Road I Houston TX 770411 Tel 281.807.4420 1 Fax 281.807.4815 1 www.harrisonhydragen.com
11-169
responsible for the costs associated with such maintenance and any adjustments that may be
required.
This warranty shall not apply to:
1. Damages or defects caused by normal wear, accident, misuse, abuse, abnormal
operating conditions, negligence, corrosion, accident causes, or attributable to written
specifications or instructions furnished by the installer.
2. Damages or defects caused by improper maintenance in accordance with the Harrison
Hydra -Gen® product manuals and operating guidelines.
3. Damages caused by operator error.
4. Damages or defects caused by improper installation.
5. Damages or defects caused by inadequate water drainage provided by the installer in
the area where the generator is installed or stored.
6. Damages or defects caused by inadequate air flow space or ventilation provided by the
installer in the area where the generator is installed.
7. Any product or part altered or modified by the installer or service facility without written
prior consent by Harrison Hydra -Gen®.
8. Cost of normal maintenance, adjustments, installation or start-up.
9. Normal wear items and components needing periodic maintenance such a rubber hoses
and filters.
10. Excessive labor due to components being concealed in vehicle as a result of
installation.
11. Water, road debris, excessive dirt, salt, abrasive particles, or large foreign objects found
in the generator.
12. Telephone or other communications expense.
13. Paint, hydraulic fluid, and interconnecting hoses (internal or external to system
assemblies).
This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that may vary
from state to state or province to province.
No person is authorized to give any other warranties or to assume any other liabilities behalf of
Harrison Hydra -Gen®, unless made or assumed in writing by an officer of Harrison Hydra -
Gen®.
Contact Harrison Hydra -Gen® for questions regarding your warranty rights and responsibilities
at (281) 807-4420; or visit our website at www.harrisonhydragen.com.
NOTE: Please refer to the MANUFACTURER'S LIMITED WARRANTY; IHT SYSTEMS for
warranty guidelines specific to the IHT system.
114233 West Road I Houston TX 770411 Tel 281.807.4420 1 Fax 281.807,4815 1 www.harrisonhydragen.com
11-170
,► ---�__ ire anmd Resclue
Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
Velocity and Impel Custom Chassis
1. LIMITED WARRANTY
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides
the following warranty to the Buyer:
Coverage:
Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be
free from defects in material and workmanship
Warranty Begins:
The data the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from
the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first.
Warranty Period
Three (3) Years, or
Ends After:
30,000 Miles, or
5000 Engine Hours
This limited warranty applies, where applicable, to Goldstar
lamination, defroster heater coil and motor blower assembly
(excluding the FET PWM module), heater, air conditioning
condenser coil and fan/motor assembly, air conditioning
Conditions and
evaporator coil and motor blower assembly (excluding the
Exclusions:
drain pan pump and thermostat), under seat heaters coil and
motor blower assembly (excluding the FET PWM module),
See Also
HVAC electronic switches, HVAC hoses and hard lines,
Paragraphs
heater water valve, Pierce PS6 seat frames and hardware,
2 thru 4
Pierce One -Eleven mirrors, Pierce hands-free scba holder,
cracking or color loss of roto -molded components, Meritor
rear axle, Wabco ABS system, cab door handles, Standen
spring suspension components, and the gauge instrument
cluster.
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER
OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
7/2/2015 WA0284
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES
ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense)
any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury
damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or
any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -lime, delay
damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any
such damages.
Note. Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (If
any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any
part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the
vehicle.
f Jure and RE escue Apparatus
Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
Meritor Wabco ABS Brake System
Limited Warranty
1. LIMITED WARRANTY
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides
the following warranty to the Buyer.
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is propedy maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER
OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
2/2512013 WA0232
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or not;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierre
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without priorwrilten approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket pails added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES
ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense)
any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Withal limiting the generality of the
foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury
damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or
any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay
damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any
such damages.
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (d
any) or to the warranties (d any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any
part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the
vehicle.
The Meritor Wabco ABS brake system shall be covered by
Coverage:
Meritor Wabco as indicated in the attached Meritor Wabco
warranty coverage description
Warranty Begins:
The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the
product ships from the factory).
Warranty Period
Three (3) Year
Ends After:
Conditions and
Exclusions:
The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty
See Also
description shall apply.
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is propedy maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER
OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
2/2512013 WA0232
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or not;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierre
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without priorwrilten approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket pails added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES
ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense)
any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Withal limiting the generality of the
foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury
damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or
any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay
damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any
such damages.
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (d
any) or to the warranties (d any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any
part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the
vehicle.
Safety Strong. Efficiency Smart
Warranty
Model Year 2018 Vehicles
11-173
SIMPLER IS BETTER
Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the
full details of your coverage can be challenging. This straightforward approach allows
you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications
will be covered in your region. Our component warranty coverage is provided
according to vocation/usage categories listed below.
• Linehaul covers high mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) on well
maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction.
• General Service covers moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) on
well maintained public roads (less than 10 percent off-road) typically with less than
three (3) stops per mile.
• Heavy Service (Vocational) covers vehicles with more than 10 percent off-road OR
moderate to frequent starts/stops typically with more than three (3) stops per mile.
• Off -Highway Service covers lower mileage operations. Vehicles are not typically
licensed for highway use.
11-174
CONTENTS
LinehaulService............................................................................................... 4
GeneralService................................................................................................ 4
HeavyService.................................................................................................. 5
Industrial/Off-Highway Service........................................................................ 6
Termsand Conditions...................................................................................... 7
How to Read Warranty Coverage (Example)
HEAVY SERVICE (VOCATIONAL) WARRANTY INFORMATION
Heavy Service Vehicles
• Airport Rescue Fire (ARF)
• Airport Shuttle
• Asphalt Truck
• Block Truck
• Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
• Cementing Vehicle
• City Bus
• Commercial Pick -Up
• Concrete Pumper
• Construction Material Hauler
• Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
• Mixer
• Demolition
• Drill Rig
• Dump
• Emergency Service
• Equipment Hauling
• Flatbed Trailer Hauler
• Flatbed Truck
• Fracturing Truck
• Front Loader
• Geophysical Exploration
• Hopper Trailer Combinations
• Landscaping Truck
• Liquid Waste Hauler
• Log Hauling
• Lowboy
• Michigan Special Gravel
Trains
• Michigan Special Log Hauler
• Michigan Special Steel Hauler
• Michigan Special Waste
Vehicle
Heavy Service Typically Is
• On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) OR
• Moderate to frequent starts/stops typically more than
three (3) stops per mile
Meritor WABCO Components'
ABS (Anti -Lock Braking System) Air
ABS (Anti -Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Roll Stability Control (RSC)
Air Dryers (ALL)
Leveling Valves
Air Brake Valves
Emission Valves (SCR)
Clutch Controls
Air Compressors (ALL)2
OnGuard`"
OnGuardACTIVE'"
OnLane'" Lane Departure Warning
Blind Spot Detection
OptiRideTM
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Trailer Control Line Filter'
Trailer ABS Valve'
3/300/P&L
2/200/P&L
3/300/P&L
3/300/P&L
3/300/P&L
1/100/P&L
1/100/P&L
1/100/P&L
2/200/P&L
2/200/P&L
1/100/P&L
3/300/P&L
3/300/P&L
3/300/P&L
3/300/P&L
2/200/P&L
3/300/P&L
1/100/P&L
3/300/P&L
' WABCO and Meritor WABCO branded components.
Z WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines
are not warranted or serviced by Meritor WABCO. Please contact
your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty
and servicing.
3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will be applied when a Meritor
WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a Meritor
WABCO Trailer ABS valve.
• Municipal Dump
• Newspaper Delivery
• Package Delivery
• Pick-up and Delivery
• Rapid Intervention Vehicle
(RIV)
• Rear Loader
• Recycling Truck
• Residential Pick-Up/Waste
• Rigging Truck
• Roll -Off
• Scrap Truck
• Semi -End Dump
• Sewer/Septic Vacuum
• Shuttle Bus
• Side Loader
• Snowplow/Snowblower
• Steel Hauling
• Tanker
• Tank Truck
• Tractors with Pole Trailers
• Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
• Transfer Dump
• Transfer Vehicle
• Transit Bus
• Trolley
• Utility Truck
• Winch Truck
Effective Model Year 2018 Vehicles 5
11-176
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Coverage Exclusions
Product Description
All
The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments
to a covered product due to the following: (1) damage to
the product or its component parts caused by incorrect use,
installation, maintenance or repair, including without
limitation (a) improper fit of mating components or
brackets, (b) damaged threads, (c) cut, broken, chafed,
pinched or otherwise damaged wiring (sensors, harnesses
and connectors), (d) damaged sensors from removal when
seized in block, or associated with sensor adjustments/
alignments, and (e) damage resulting from the use or
installation of non -genuine Meritor WABCO components or
materials; (2) damage to the product, its component parts,
or diminished product or component part performance due
to incorrect operation, deviation from approved conditions
or misapplication; (3) any unauthorized disassembly of the
product or its component parts including without limitation
(a) obliterated, defaced or missing WABCO or Meritor
WABCO name plate, serial numbers or label identifying the
device as a Meritor WABCO product or WABCO component,
(b) changes to sealed adjusting screws, and (c) opening or
attempted repair of non -serviceable components;
(4) malfunction of the component due to internal
contamination out of the vehicle system including without
limitation (a) water and other contamination damage that
is due to the use of a non -genuine air dryer cartridge or
(b) valve failures due to contamination in air system, (5)
complaints associated with noise, (6) damage resulting
from corrosion (including oxidation of electrical devices
and connections).
Air Dryers
Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant
cartridge housing only.
Air System Components
Normal wear items; Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs, valve
actuation handles, treadles, pedals.
ABS, Electronic Stability Control (ESC), Roll Stability
Control (RSC), OptiRidd', OnGuard"" and OnLane'',
collectively "Electronics"
Failure of electronic components due to overvoltage
condition, improper grounding, electrostatic discharge
(ESD), improper shielding, electromagnetic interference
(EMI), or other wiring or installation issues.
Malfunctions and failure codes caused by other electronic
subsystem failures (data bus, engine, transmission,
dashboard, etc.)
Hydraulic Components
For certain components, brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4 is used
as the operating medium. Use of any other fluid will void
all warranties associated with that component. For
hydraulic braking applications the brake fluid is considered
a maintenance item. Maintenance intervals are listed
in TB -1367.
Coverage Limitations
Product Description
All
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be
accepted or honored under this warranty program.
Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are
limited to one year, 1/Unl/P.
For vehicles that operate full- or part-time outside of the
United States and Canada, a 1-Year/Unlimited Miles parts
only (1/Unl/P) will apply.
TOOLBOX' Software
Proper diagnostics of Meritor WABCO Electronics may
require the latest version of TOOLBOX'". Additional labor
due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOXT' . TOOLBOXT""
software, and/or the time to purchase or install latest version
of TOOLBOX" are not covered under product warranty.
11-177
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems warrants to the owner
("Owner") that the components listed in this publication, which
have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer
("OEM") as original equipment will be free from defects in material
and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins from the original
in-service date to the limits provided and runs concurrently with
any warranties provided by OEMs and/or any service contracts
that cover the components listed in this publication, if any. If
the components listed in this publication are covered by an OEM
warranty and/or service contract, then the OEM's warranty and/
or service contract shall supersede Meritor WABCO's warranty and
Owner shall comply with all OEM's warranty and/or service contract
requirements for claims under such OEM's warranty and/or service
contract until those agreements expire. Once those agreements
expire and provided the Meritor WABCO warranty has not expired
under the terms stated above, the Meritor WABCO warranty would
be in effect until its expiration date.
Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time
period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the
applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of
coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed previously
in this publication. Some components are warranted for parts
only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the
repair or replacement of the component. Other components are
warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace
the subject component. Additional diagnostic time due to use of
an outdated version of TOOLBOX"", time to purchase or install
latest version of TOOLBOX'"" are the responsibility of the authorized
Meritor WABCO service location and are not covered under product
warranty. Components installed as replacements under this
warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original
period of time or mileage under the original warranty.
(2) Designation of Vocational Use Required.
To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Meritor
WABCO through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the
intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Meritor WABCO
components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service
date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the
vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with
Meritor WABCO directly. Failure to notify Meritor WABCO of (1) the
intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational
use from that which was originally designated, will result in the
application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty
(1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date.
A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify
Meritor WABCO as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle.
This notification can be sent directly to Meritor WABCO or through
the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage
coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to
the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use
Coverage under Meritor WABCO's warranty requires that the
application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM
and Meritor WABCO, approvals.
(3) What is the Cost of this Warranty?
There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty?
In addition to the items listed on page 7, this warranty does not
cover normal wear and tear, or service items; nor does it cover a
component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of
(a) improper handling, storage, installation, adjustment, repair
or modification including the use of unauthorized attachments
or changes or modification in the vehicle's configuration, usage,
or vocation from that which was originally approved by Meritor
WABCO, (b) accident, fire or other casualty, natural disaster, road
debris, negligence, misuse, abuse, or improper use (including
loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering
engine power settings to exceed the brake system capacity), or (c)
improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from
maintenance intervals, approved lubricants, or lube levels). This
warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by
Meritor WABCO.
(5) Remedy.
The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or
replacement of the defective component at Meritor WABCO's
option. Meritor WABCO reserves the right to require that all
applicable covered components are available and/or returned to
Meritor WABCO for review and evaluation.
(6) DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY.
THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES
OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING
ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, SOME STATES LIMIT OR DO NOT ALLOW THE
DISCLAIMER OF IMPLIED OR OTHER WARRANTIES, SO THE ABOVE
LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO THE EXTENT SUCH
STATE'S LAW IS APPLICABLE TO THESE TERMS.
(7) LIMITATION OF REMEDIES.
IN NO EVENT SHALL MERITOR WABCO BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCI-
DENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR
UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, TOW-
ING, DOWNTIME, LOST PRODUCTIVITY, CARGO DAMAGE, TAXES, LOST
PROFITS, COSTS OF PROCUREMENT OF A SUBSTITUTE COMPONENT
OR ANY OTHER LOSSES OR COSTS RESULTING FROM A COVERED
COMPONENT. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR
LIMITATION OF SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT
APPLY TO THE EXTENT SUCH STATE'S LAW IS APPLICABLE TO THESE
TERMS.
(8) TIME LIMIT ON COMMENCING LEGAL ACTION.
ANY LEGAL ACTION OR CLAIM ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO THIS
WARRANTY, IN CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, MUST BE COMMENCED
WITHIN ONE YEAR FROM THE ACCRUAL OF THAT CAUSE OF ACTION,
OR BE BARRED FOREVER.
(9) To Obtain Service.
If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a
defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give
notice to either Meritor WABCO or the dealer from which the
vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be
taken to any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or
authorized Meritor WABCO service location. The dealer will inspect
the vehicle and contact Meritor WABCO for an evaluation of the
claim. When authorized by Meritor WABCO, the dealer will repair
or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Meritor
WABCO component covered by this warranty.
(10) Entire Agreement.
This is the entire agreement between Meritor WABCO and the
Owner about warranty and no Meritor, Meritor WABCO employee,
or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf
of Meritor WABCO unless in writing and signed by an authorized
representative of Meritor WABCO.
11-178
Litho in USA. Revised 06/17.
SP -1375 (47865/11900)
Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems
2135 West Maple Road, Troy, Michigan 48084, USA
Phone: 866-ONTRACI (866-668-7221) Fax: 248435-8002
For more information on
Meritor WABCO Warranty, call
our OnTrac Customer Service team
at 866-OnTracl (866-668-7221)
or visit meritorwabco.com.
meritorwabco.com
02017 Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems
Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems is a
joint venture of Meritor`" and WABCO
11-179
R. H. SHEPPARD CO., INC.
101 Philadelphia St.
Hanover, PA 17331
Pierce Manufacturing Inc.
2600 American Drive
Appleton, WI 54912
LIMITED WARRANTY: The R. H. Sheppard Co. Inc., ("Sheppard") warrants all M 11 OPKG 1 and
Ml IOSAUI steering gears manufactured and sold to Pierce Manufacturing Inc. ("Pierce") for
application on Pierce TAK-4 equipped vehicles to be free from defects of workmanship and material
under normal use and service for a period of thirty six months from the in service date of the vehicle
to its original owner.
Vehicle applications where Sheppard product is used require an application approval before
production build. If Pierce uses Sheppard product for any purpose or application which has not been
approved by Sheppard in advance, including aftermarket devices (defined as a device added to the
steering system directly or indirectly affecting the performance or operation of the Sheppard product
in its approved application) not tested and approved by Sheppard this limited warranty SHALL NOT
APPLY AND SHALL BE VOID. SHEPPARD MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY EITHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. SHEPPARD EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR USE OR PURPOSE WHICH
EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF.
SHEPPARD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR
INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR LOSS OR DAMAGE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY
ARISING FROM THE USE OF A PRODUCT. Pierce expressly acknowledges its obligation to
inform all users (customers) of the above disclaimer.
CONDITIONS: Claims under this Limited Warranty may only be made by Pierce. In no event shall
Sheppard be held liable for warranty charges by unauthorized persons. No allowance will be made
for repairs or alterations, unless made with the written consent of Sheppard. Authorized Pierce
dealers shall be the only authorized repair facility for Sheppard products applied to Pierce vehicles.
Any warrantable repair made under this Limited Warranty must be made on or before 36 months of
the in-service date for the Product to which the claim relates. Sheppard shall not be liable for claims
made after such date. Sheppard product fitted to Pierce vehicles that are repaired at a repair facility
other than an authorized Pierce dealer within the warranty period will be considered for payment
under the guidelines of this agreement only by joint written consideration of Sheppard and Pierce
warranty departments. It shall be the responsibility of the Pierce warranty department to notify
Sheppard if and when this situation occurs. Sheppard will not be held responsible for damage to other
steering components such as but not limited to pumps and reservoirs due to improper adjustment of
steering gear relief plungers. Vehicle downtime and towing will not be considered under warranty.
REMEDIES: The sole and exclusive remedy of Pierce for Sheppard's breach of the foregoing
warranty is limited to the return and repair or reimbursement as follows,
11-180
R. H. SHEPPARD CO., INC. WARRANTY
Pierce Manufacturing Inc.
Page 2
Warranty Support: In support of the Pierce dealer network, Sheppard will provide a toll-free
"Hotline" service to assist in the diagnosis and troubleshooting of steering problems. The R. H.
Sheppard Co., Inc. Field Service Department can be reached at 1-800-274-7437 for assistance.
Sheppard will require that Pierce dealers contact this toll-free "Hotline" for approval before product
is removed from a vehicle in a warranty situation. When contacted regarding a warranty situation, the
Sheppard representative will provide an authorization number for removal of the product. This
Returned Goods Authorization (RGA) number must be included in all warranty correspondence and
attached to all returned goods.
Procedure: In the event of a warranty situation, the servicing dealer shall contact the Sheppard
Hotline and receive an RGA number before replacing any steering gear. For Ml l OPKGI and
MI IOSAUI steering gear models, the dealer will first obtain an RGA number from Sheppard, and
then order the replacement gear from Pierce. Replacement MI IOPKGI and MI IOSAUI steering
gears shall be shipped from Pierce once those models are in full production. A warranty claim for
both parts and labor will then be generated by the dealer and sent to Pierce. After reviewing the
claim, Pierce will submit into Sheppard for reimbursement.
Parts Reimbursement: Sheppard agrees to reimburse Pierce at Pierce's purchase price plus 30%
mark-up for parts found to be defective within the warranty period. Parts being returned for warranty
consideration shall be sent to the R. H. Sheppard Company, 447 E. Middle St., Hanover, PA 17331
ATTN. Warranty Dept. Sheppard's determination as to whether the part is covered by the foregoing
warranty is final and conclusive. Sheppard requires the return of complete steering gears only.
Individual seals replaced under warranty should not be returned unless specifically requested by
Sheppard. All parts being returned for warranty consideration must be clearly tagged with all
pertinent warranty information including but not limited to (1) Returned Goods Authorization
number (RGA)• (2) claim number,• (3) date inservice• (4) date of failure 5) mileage, (b) part
number, 7) labor hours,• (8) dealer labor rate and; (2) dollar amount claimed. Claims submitted
without prior authorization are subject to rejection under this agreement.
Labor: Labor to repair Sheppard product found to be defective within the warranty period will be
reimbursed at not more than 10 hours per vehicle. Labor shall be reimbursed at the rate of $85.00
USD per hour for Ml IOPGKI and MI IOSAUI steering gears.
Freight: Pierce will collect MI IOPGKI and MI IOSAUI warranty material at a designated
collection point. Inbound freight to the Pierce collection point will be the responsibility of Pierce. All
warranty material should be returned from the Pierce collection point to R. H. Sheppard Co. Freight
Collect by a Sheppard -specified common carrier based on location of the Pierce collection point.
Sheppard does not require the return of failed seals. Any freight charges incurred for the return of
seals will be the responsibility of Pierce. Parts returned for warranty consideration without prior
authorization are subject to rejection under this agreement and may be subject to a charge back of
inbound freight charges. Parts rejected under this warranty will be returned to Pierce Freight Collect
or scrapped by Sheppard at Pierce's discretion.
11-181
R. H. SHEPPARD CO., INC. WARRANTY
Pierce Manufacturing Inc.
Page 3
Outside Purchases: Pierce authorized dealers shall be the only outlet for repair, warranty service
and parts for Sheppard products applied to Pierce vehicles. Sheppard will not be responsible for
consumables such as hoses, belts, fluids, fittings or miscellaneous shop material that may be required
for the repair of the product.
Warranty Documentation: Warranty credit memos will be issued monthly to the Pierce Warranty
Department. Monthly credit memos will include (1) claim number; (2), part number; (3) parts
reimbursement; (4) labor reimbursement; (5) any applicable Pierce reference number and; (6) reason
for rejection or acceptance of the claim. Credit memos will be issued in U.S. funds. Debits for
warranty claims will not be accepted under this agreement. Claim disposition will constitute the final
and conclusive resolution of warranty claims.
Parts Retention: Sheppard will retain parts submitted for warranty consideration for a period of
sixty (60) days for any material found to be rejected for warranty. Sheppard will notify Pierce within
sixty (60) days of receipt of Sheppard's determination as to whether any such part is covered by this
warranty. Warranty reimbursement will be issued within thirty days of receipt of material at
Sheppard.
Good -Will Requests: Good -Will requests will be considered jointly between Sheppard and Pierce
for equitable compensation.
RECALLS: Sheppard retains the right to review information regarding federal motor vehicle recall
and /or product repair programs if Sheppard products fitted to Pierce vehicles are alleged to be non-
compliant with federal motor vehicle safety standards. Sheppard retains the right to review any
claims of product defect or non-compliance before participating in reimbursement of expenses
incurred as a result of alleged non-compliance or defect of its products. Sheppard agrees to negotiate
in good faith for the reimbursement of expenses incurred by Pierce for all administrative, material
and labor cost and expense associated with any recall where Sheppard product is found to be
defective or non-compliant with federal motor vehicle standards.
MISCELLANEOUS: This writing constitutes the full complete and final statement of Sheppard's
limited warranty for MI l0PKG1 and M110SAU1 products sold to Pierce. All prior oral or written
correspondence, test data, negotiations, representations, understandings and the like regarding
products are merged in this writing and extinguished by it. This limited warranty may not be altered,
amended extended or modified except by a writing signed by the President or Vice President of
Sheppard. No employee, vendor, dealer, distributor or other representative of Sheppard has authority
to make statements to extend, expand, alter or amend the terms of this Limited Warranty. Sheppard
expressly disclaims any statements contrary to the Limited Warranty. Sheppard's failure at any time
to enforce any of the terms and conditions stated herein shall not constitute a waiver of any
provisions herein. This Limited Warranty shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
11-182
R. H. SHEPPARD CO., INC. WARRANT'
Pierce Manufacturing Inc.
Page 4
Any legal actions which may arise as a result of disputes, controversies or claims arising out of or
related to this limited warranty shall be in such forum as Sheppard and Pierce shall agree, or, in the
absence of agreement, in a court of appropriate jurisdiction other than in the county in which either
party is located. This Limited Warranty shall not be assigned by Pierce.
COOPERATIVE EFFORT: Sheppard and Pierce agree to work cooperatively toward expanding
this warranty coverage to a period of sixty months from the in service date. These cooperative efforts
shall focus on examining the effects of increased heat generated by 2007 model engines and its
impact on the entire power steering system.
AGREEMENT: This agreement is effective April 3, 2006 and may be modified by mutual
agreement between Sheppard and Pierce of a signed amendment to be attached to the original Limited
Warranty. There are no third party beneficiaries to this Limited Warranty. This warranty agreement
applies to Pierce authorized dealers only. It does not encompass any special arrangements that Pierce
may now have or that Pierce may enter into, with any other segments of the trucking industry. This
warranty agreement does not apply to non -conforming product removed at Pierce assembly plants.
This Limited Warranty agreement between the R. H. Sheppard Co., Inc and Pierce Manufacturing
Inc. may be terminated by either party with thirty days written notice prior to termination.
Signed at Pierce Manufacturing Inc., Appleton, WI this
R. H. SHEPPARD CO., INC.
Authorized Signature
Title
day of
2006.
PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC.
Authorized Signature
Title
11-183
-�f < Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship Aerial Hydraulic System
Components
Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship Aerial Hydraulic System
Seals
Limited Warranty
1. LIMITED WARRANTY
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides
the following warranty to the Buyer:
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER
OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
6/28/2011 WA0200
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierre shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance; accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or dot;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES
ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
& BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierre's option and expense)
any nonconforming ordefective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury
damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or
any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay
damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any
such damages.
Note: Any Surely Bond, its part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if
any) or to the warranties (1fany) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) ofany
part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the
vehicle.
The aerial hydraulic system components and seals shall be
Coverage:
free from component or structural failures caused by defects
in material and/or workmanship.
Warranty Begins:
The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the
product ships from the factory).
Warranty Period
Five (5) Years and Three (3) Years
Ends After:
Pierce's obligation under this warranty is limited to repairing
or replacing without charge, as Pierce may elect, the
hydraulic lines, fittings, valves, seals, cylinders, filters,
Conditions and
pumps, hydraulic motors, rotary actuators, or components
Exclusions:
which Pierce determines to have failed due to defective
material and workmanship.
See Also
Paragraphs
This warranty shall not apply unless the aerial device is
2 thru 4
inspected in accordance with NFPA 1911 Standard for
Inspection, Maintenance, Testing, and Retirement of In -
Service Automotive Fire Apparatus and the applicable Pierce
Operator and Maintenance Manuals.
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER
OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
6/28/2011 WA0200
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierre shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance; accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or dot;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES
ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
& BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierre's option and expense)
any nonconforming ordefective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury
damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or
any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay
damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any
such damages.
Note: Any Surely Bond, its part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if
any) or to the warranties (1fany) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) ofany
part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the
vehicle.
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship - Transmission Oil Cooler
Three (3) Year Collateral Damage Coverage
Limited Warranty
1. LIMITED WARRANTY
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides
the following warranty to the Buyer:
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER
OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
2/22/2012 WA0216
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or dot;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES
ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
pedod, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense)
any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury
damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or
any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay
damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any
such damages.
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if
any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any
part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the
vehicle.
The transmission cooler shall be free from component or
Coverage:
structural failures caused by defects in material and/or
workmanship. Collateral damage up to $10,000 per
occurrence is available for the first three (3) years.
Warranty Begins:
The date of delivery to the first retail purchaser.
Warranty Period
Five (5) Years on Oil Cooler and three (3) years on collateral
Ends After:
damage coverage
This warranty does not cover repair due to accidents,
misuse, and excessive vibration, flying debris, storage
damage (freezing), negligence or modification. This warranty
is void if any modification or repairs are performed without
authorization. This also voids any future warranty.
This warranty does not cover cost of maintenance or repairs
due to lack of required maintenance services as
recommended. Performance of the required maintenance
Conditions and
and use of proper fluids are the responsibility of the owner.
Exclusions:
Towing is covered to the nearest distributor or authorized
See Also
dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to
Paragraphs
your transmission.
2 thru 4
Labor costs for the removal and reinstallation of goods may
be covered when necessary to make repairs. Please contact
your OEM for authorization.
Replacement of cooler during the warranty period is limited
to 100% of reasonable labor costs up to a maximum of $700
to remove, replace, or repair the oil cooler.
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER
OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
2/22/2012 WA0216
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or dot;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES
ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
pedod, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense)
any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury
damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or
any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay
damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any
such damages.
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if
any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any
part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the
vehicle.
AMITY FIRE AND SAFETY, INC.
3750 CHESTNUT ROAD
ALBURTIS, PA 18011-0451
Phone: 610-966-3115
Fax: 610-965-6313
* STANDARD TEN YEAR WARRANTY
(standard warranty is in effect for parts shipped after 4/15/10)
Telescopic Waterways
A. PRESHIPMENT TESTING All waterways fabricated by Amity are final inspected using the following pressure
minimums:
1. Hydrostatic applications will be tested to 400 PSI unless specified otherwise on approved drawings. Operating
pressures on installed systems are not to exceed 250 PSI at any point in the system. Warranty will be voided and
Amity will not be held liable for failure and/or damage occurring from Water Hammering or freezing of water in any
system.
B. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION AND MAINTENANCE
1. All components are thoroughly greased at assembly. Since internally lubricated seals are used, regular greasing is not
required. We recommend components not be greased at installation.
2. Slip Tube Assemblies may be greased at the Amity's regularly scheduled Aerial Inspections. The seals in the Slip
Tube Assemblies are self-lubricating, so greasing is not mandatory. We do recommend a visual inspection of the Slip
Tube Assembly while it is fully extended after initial installation, from that point on we recommend inspection every ten
hours of aerial operation. If any deposits of aluminum appear, they are to be rubbed off using a Teflon scouring pad.
Slip Tube Assemblies are designed to give long maintenance free service; however, like any product, problems may
occur and periodic visual inspections will aid in determining if a potential problem exists and warrants a call to us.
Care must be taken to keep debris off of extended tubes. We recommend wiping tubes with light oil (10 weight) or
hydraulic oil after use, if tubes appear to have contamination on them. Under no circumstance are tubes to be cleaned
with lacquer thinner, or any other solvent.
C. LIMITED WARRANTY, LIMITATIONS, CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES REQUIRED.
1. Products are warranted to be free of defects in labor and/or materials for a period of ten years from the date of
purchase from the Amity and shall be repaired or replaced at the sole option and expense of the Amity provided the
products alleged to be defective was used for its intended normal use operation and subject to the following
qualifications and limitations.
2. Any alteration of product without consent from Amity is strictly forbidden and shall void warranty.
3. No welding shall be performed on finished product.
4. No responsibility is assumed for any malfunctions or damages which are occasionally caused by foreign objects which
may be ingested into water system such as, but not limited to stones, sand or metal chips.
5. Amity assumes responsibility for our product, which is defective only, and therefore, it will not assume responsibility
for labor to either remove or install our product unless it agrees in writing to assume such responsibility.
6. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Amity all returns of defective (or allegedly defective products) are at
Purchaser's expense and must include a RGA number issued by the Amity.
7. All warranty claims must be presented at the time the problem occurs, or as soon as practical thereafter, either called
or faxed to the Amity and include the numbers on the assembly's Amity's label with a detailed explanation of the
difficulty in order for the matter to be appropriately evaluated and resolved.
8. Amity will not be held liable for damage incurred during shipment.
9. No responsibility shall be assumed for misuse or improper mounting, unreasonably use or abuse of the Product and
or failure to provide or use improper maintenance, failure to follow written installation and use in instruction or any use
other than the customary designed use.
THE REMEDIES PROVIDED IN THE ABOVE EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTY AND ARE THE SOLE AND
EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AVAILABLE. NO OTHER EXPRESS WARRANTIES ARE MADE. ALL IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
{00046826,Q)
11-186
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE ARE LIMITED IN DURATION AS SET FORTH ABOVE. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AMITY ASSUME OR BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
THE WITHIN DESCRIBED WARRANTY SHALL ONLY BE AFFORDED TO THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OR FOR
INCORPORATION INTO ANOTHER UNIT AND TO FIRST PURCHASER AS PART OF COMPLETED UNIT,
HOWEVER, THE WARRANTY PERIOD OF TEN YEARS COMMENCES UPON INSTALLATION INTO FINAL
ASSEMBLY WITH THE UNDERSTANDING IT IS INSTALLED WITHIN SIX MONTHS OF PURCHASE.
Dated: —'20
.(1 Imo
(00046826;v2)
11-187
AMITY FIRE AND SAFETY, INC.
3750 CHESTNUT ROAD
ALBURTIS, PA 18011-0451
Phone: 610-966-3115
Fax: 610-965-6313
* STANDARD FIVE YEAR WARRANTY
(standard warranty is in effect for parts shipped after 4/15/10)
Three Function Swivel
A. PRESHIPMENT TESTING The Three Function Swivel fabricated by Amity which is exposed to pressure during normal
use is subject to final inspection using the following pressure minimums:
1. Hydrostatic applications will be tested to 400 PSI unless specified otherwise on approved drawings. Operating
pressures on installed systems are not to exceed 250 PSI at any point in the system. Warranty will be voided and
Amity will not be held liable for failure and/or damage occurring from Water Hammering or freezing of water in any
system.
2. Hydraulic applications will be tested to 4000 PSI. System operating pressure in application to be 3000 PSI maximum.
3. Dielectric and Continuity Test all circuits. 30 Amp max current loading.
B. THREE FUNCTION SWIVEL MAINTENANCE — Our Three Function Swivel has been fully tested at assembly. Under
no circumstances is there to be any maintenance performed internally or externally to the Three Function Swivel by
Purchaser or any other third party other than an authorized representative of or Amity itself. The Three Function Swivel is
sealed and must remain so. The Three Function Swivel is designed for a long maintenance free life. Should any problems
occur or replacement be necessary, first contact Amity. There is to be no field maintenance performed on the Three
Function Swivel.
C. MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS — The following are the mounting requirements for the Three Function Swivel:
1. Mounting points and methods are to be determined at the initial design stage. All drawings and applicable
documentation must be signed off by both parties and filed for future reference. No deviation to the approved
mounting is allowed without approval from Amity.
2. The Three Function Swivel is to be mounted concentric to the center of the turntable bearing.
3. All inlet and outlet plumbing to conform to swivel mounting, under no circumstances is the Three Function Swivel to be
positioned to match connections. This will avoid putting excessive loads on the Three Function Swivel. All tubing or
piping to be supported by means other than the Three Function Swivel.
D. LIMITED WARRANTY, LIMITATIONS, CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES REQUIRED.
1. The Three Function Swivel is warranted to be free of defects in labor and/or materials for a period of five (5) years
from the Date of Service. For purposes here, "Date of Service" shall mean the date when the Three Function Swivel,
or the unit to which the Three Function Swivel is incorporated, passes final Underwriters Laboratory testing, or
similarly compliant testing, and is certified for service. Evidence of such Date of Service shall be required in
connection with any warranty claim by Purchaser.
2. The Three Function Swivel shall be repaired or replaced at the sole option and expense of the Amity provided the
Three Function Swivel alleged to be defective was used for its intended normal use of operation and subject to the
following qualifications and limitations.
3. Any alteration of the Three Function Swivel without consent from Amity is strictly forbidden and shall void warranty.
4. No welding shall be performed on finished Three Function Swivel.
5. No responsibility is assumed for any malfunctions or damages which are occasionally caused by foreign objects which
may be ingested into water or hydraulic systems such as, but not limited to stones, sand or metal chips.
6. Amity assumes responsibility for our Three Function Swivel, which is defective only, and therefore, it will not assume
responsibility for labor to either remove or install our Three Function Swivel unless it agrees in writing to assume such
responsibility.
7. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Amity all returns of defective Three Function Swivels (or allegedly
defective Three Function Swivels) are at Purchaser's expense and must include a RGA number issued by the Amity.
{00046826;x2}
11-188
8. All warranty claims must be presented at the time the problem occurs, or as soon as practical thereafter, either called
or faxed to the Amity and include the numbers on the assembly's Amity's label with a detailed explanation of the
difficulty in order for the matter to be appropriately evaluated and resolved.
9. Amity will not be held liable for damage incurred during shipment.
10. No responsibility shall be assumed for misuse or improper mounting, unreasonably use or abuse of the Three
Function Swivel and or failure to provide or use improper maintenance, failure to follow written installation and use in
instruction or any use other than the customary designed use.
THE REMEDIES PROVIDED IN THE ABOVE EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTY AND ARE THE SOLE AND
EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AVAILABLE. NO OTHER EXPRESS WARRANTIES ARE MADE. ALL IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE ARE LIMITED IN DURATION AS SET FORTH ABOVE. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AMITY ASSUME OR BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
THE WITHIN DESCRIBED WARRANTY SHALL ONLY BE AFFORDED TO THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OR FOR
INCORPORATION INTO ANOTHER UNIT AND TO FIRST PURCHASER AS PART OF COMPLETED UNIT,
HOWEVER, THE WARRANTY PERIOD OF FIVE YEARS IS FROM THE DATE OF SERVICE WITH THE
UNDERSTANDING IT IS INSTALLED WITHIN A REASONABLE TIME PERIOD.
Dated: _20
{00046826;x2}
11-189
A&A MANUFACTURING
Pierce Warranty Statement for Gortite Roll Un Doors Rev 2/24/2011
All mechanical components of the door shall be warranted to be free from defects in materials and
workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle. All parts covered under this warranty shall be to the original
owner.
A&A manufacturing warrants that painted doors shall be free of blistering, peeling, bubbling, or any other
adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. The time period for the
coverage shall be 6 years from date of door shipment to Pierce. Satin anodized finish doors shall be warranted
for 6 years against corrosion defects from date of door shipment to Pierce. Replacement of decals/Scotchlite is
not covered.
The maximum amount A&A will reimburse for labor is $60.00 per hour and the maximum amount of time
allowed for repair is as follows:
Door
1.0 Hr.
Slat Replacement
1.0 Hr.
Pennant Plate Replacement
1.0 Hr.
Roller Replacement
.5 Hr.
Seal Replacement
.5 Hr.
Switch/Magnet Replacement
1.0 Hr.
Travel Time
4.0 Hr.
A&A Manufacturing Co., Inc. 2300 S. Calhoun Road • New Berlin, WI 53151 • Phone (262) 786-1500 • Fax (262) 786-3280
11-190
Cummins Warranty
Worldwide
Fire Apparatus/Crash Trucks
11-191
Coverage
Products Warranted
This Warranty applies to new diesel Engines sold by
Cummins and delivered to the first user on or after
April 1, 2007, that are used in fire apparatus truck and
crash truck* applications Worldwide.
Base Engine Warranty
The Base Engine Warranty covers any failures of the
Engine which result, under normal use and service,
from a defect in material or factory workmanship
(Warrantable Failure). This Coverage begins with the
sale of the Engine by Cummins and ends five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers), whichever occurs
first, after the date of delivery of the Engine to the first
user.
Engine aftertreatment components included in the
Cummins Critical Parts List (CPL) and marked with a
Cummins part number are covered under Base Engine
Warranty.
Additional Coverage is outlined in the Emission
Warranty section.
These Warranties are made to all Owners in the
chain of distribution and Coverage continues to all
subsequent Owners until the end of the periods of
Coverage.
Cummins
Responsibilities
Cummins will pay for all parts and labor needed to
repair the damage to the Engine resulting from a
Warrantable Failure.
Cummins will pay for the lubricating oil, antifreeze,
filter elements, belts, hoses and other maintenance
items that are not reusable due to the Warrantable
Failure.
Cummins will pay for reasonable labor costs for
Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to
repair a Warrantable Failure.
Cummins will pay reasonable costs for towing a
vehicle disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the
nearest authorized repair location. In lieu of the towing
expense, Cummins will pay reasonable costs for
mechanics to travel to and from the location of the
vehicle, including meals, mileage and lodging when
the repair is performed at the site of the failure.
Owner
Responsibilities
Owner is responsible for the operation and
maintenance of the Engine as specified in Cummins
Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Owner is also
responsible for providing proof that all recommended
maintenance has been performed.
Before the expiration of the applicable Warranty,
Owner must notify a Cummins distributor, authorized
dealer or other repair location approved by Cummins
of any Warrantable Failure and make the Engine
available for repair by such facility. Except for Engines
disabled by a Warrantable Failure, Owner must also
deliver the Engine to the repair facility.
Service locations are listed on the Cummins Worldwide
Service Locator at cummins.com.
Owner is responsible for the cost of lubricating oil,
antifreeze, filter elements and other maintenance items
provided during Warranty repairs unless such items
are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure.
Owner is responsible for communication expenses,
meals, lodging and similar costs incurred as a result of
a Warrantable Failure.
Owner is responsible for non -Engine repairs and for
"downtime" expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs and other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.
Owner is responsible for a $100 (U.S. Dollars)
deductible per each service visit under this plan in the
3rd, 4th and 5th years of Base Engine Warranty. The
deductible will not be charged during the first 2 years
of the Base Engine Warranty.
Limitations
Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.
Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void
Warranty.
Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water,
dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
114 92
exhaust fluid.
This Warranty does not apply to accessories supplied
by Cummins which bear the name of another
company. Such non -warranted accessories include, but
are not limited to: alternators, starters, fans, air
conditioning compressors, clutches, filters,
transmissions, torque converters, vacuum pumps,
power steering pumps, fan drives and air compressors.
Cummins branded alternators and starters are covered
for the first two years from the date of delivery of the
Engine to the first user, or the expiration of the Base
Engine Warranty, whichever occurs first.
Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption are not
covered beyond the duration of the Coverage or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) or 7,000 hours from
the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user,
whichever of the three occurs first. Before a claim for
excessive oil consumption will be considered, Owner
must submit adequate documentation to show that
consumption exceeds Cummins published standards.
Failures of belts and hoses supplied by Cummins are
not covered beyond the first year from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or the duration
of the Warranty, whichever occurs first.
Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new
Cummins parts, Cummins approved rebuilt parts or
repaired parts. Cummins is not responsible for failures
resulting from the use of parts not approved by
Cummins.
A new Cummins or Cummins approved rebuilt part
used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the
identity of the part it replaced and is entitled to the
remaining Coverage hereunder.
Cummins Inc. reserves the right to interrogate
Electronic Control Module (ECM) data for purposes of
failure analysis.
CUMMINS DOES NOT COVER WEAR OR WEAROUT
OF COVERED PARTS.
CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
THIS WARRANTY AND THE EMISSION WARRANTY
SET FORTH HEREINAFTER ARE THE SOLE
WARRANTIES MADE BY CUMMINS IN REGARD TO
THESE ENGINES. CUMMINS MAKES NO OTHER
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
This Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you
may also have other rights which vary from state to
state.
Emission
Warranty
Products Warranted
This Emission Warranty applies to new Engines
marketed by Cummins that are used in the United
States'" in vehicles designed for transporting persons
or property on a street or highway. This Warranty
applies to Engines delivered to the first user on or after
September 1, 1992.
Coverage
Cummins warrants to the first user and each
subsequent purchaser that the Engine is designed,
built and equipped so as to conform at the time of sale
by Cummins with all U.S. federal emission regulations
applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free
from defects in material or factory workmanship which
would cause it not to meet these regulations within the
longer of the following periods: (A) Five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) of operation,
whichever occurs first, as measured from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or (B) The Base
Engine Warranty.
If the vehicle in which the Engine is installed is
registered in the state of California, a separate
California Emission Warranty also applies.
Limitations
Failures, other than those resulting from defects in
material or factory workmanship, are not covered by
this Warranty.
Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.
Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void
Warranty.
Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water,
dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
exhaust fluid.
Cummins is not responsible for non -Engine repairs,
"downtime" expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs or other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.
11-193
CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
* Airport operated crash trucks and fire department
operated trucks employed to respond to fires,
hazardous material releases, rescue and other
emergency -type situations.
* * United States includes American Samoa, the
Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, Guam,
Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands.
Cummins Inc.
Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.
Bulletin 3381161
Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 08/09
02001 Cummins Inc.
�. Fire and Rescue Apparatus
zbaaed ?V"U450
1. LIMITED WARRANTY
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides
the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service ("Buyer"):
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is property maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR
TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
6/29/2020 WA0384
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierre may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense)
any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY
OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce
specifically disclaims any liability for properly or personal injury damages, penalties,
damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated
equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other
types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third parry for any such damages.
Note: Any Surety Bond, d a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any)
or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part,
component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
11-195
The Meritor axle shall be covered by Meritor as indicated in
Coverage:
the attached Meritor warranty coverage description
Warranty Begins:
The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the
product ships from the factory).
Warranty Period
Ends After.
Five (5) Years
Conditions and
Exclusions:
The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor warranty
See Also
description shall apply.
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is property maintained in accordance
with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is
normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the
product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer
discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days
after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR
TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.
6/29/2020 WA0384
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever
as to:
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product
that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions,
drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts,
components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable
warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by
misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic
environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural
disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been
repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce
which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or
purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced
during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light
bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies
into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is
repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service
Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after
manufacture without the authorization of Pierre may void this warranty.
2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty
period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper
maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1,
and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At
the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by
Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such
transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.
Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense)
any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a
facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and
Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW
OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY
PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS
THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY
OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce
specifically disclaims any liability for properly or personal injury damages, penalties,
damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated
equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other
types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third parry for any such damages.
Note: Any Surety Bond, d a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited
warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for
such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any)
or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part,
component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
11-195
..........
'77
WARRANTY INFORMATION CONTENTS
Effective Model Year 2020 Vehicles
Linehaul............................................................. ................ -
GeneralService................................................................................................... 5-6
Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle.......................................................................... 7-8
Fireand Emergency................................................................................................9
Transit Bus................................................................................. ...............
10
Off -Highway Service..............................................................................................11
Termsand Conditions............................................................................................12
How to Read Warranty Coverage
Number of Years
Mileage (in thousands)
I
P=Parts Only
Unl=Unlimited
P&L=Parts & Labor
Notice:
Models or components that are approved for use by Meritor's vocational guidelines contained in Meritor Publication TP -9441 for axles,
SP -8320 for trailer axles, TP -12126 for drivelines, which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts
only (1/Unl/P).
Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P).
Advantage Program
Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial
base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting www.meritor.com or by contacting Meritor at
866-OnTracl (866-668-7221).
2
11-197
LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION
Linehaul Vehicles
■ Bulk Hauler ■ Flatbed ■ Livestock Hauler ■ Refrigerated Freight
■ Chip Hauler (Truck)* ■ General Freight ■ Moving Van ■ Tanker
■ Doubles ■ Grain Hauler ■ Pipe Hauler ■ Triples
* Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideration
Linehaul Typically Is
Coverage under Meritor's warranty require that the application of products be
■ High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP -9441 for
■ Well maintained major highways of concrete or axles, SP -8320 for trailer axles, TP -12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor
asphalt construction regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.
■ Greater than 30 miles between starting and stopping
Front Non -Drive Steer Axles — 5/750/P&L
FD -965
FF -967
MFS -12 -122B -N
MFS -12 -132C -N
MFS -13 -122B -N
MFS -13B -122C -N
FF -941
FG -941
MFS -12 -122C -N
MFS -12E -1328-N
MFS -13 -122C -N
MFS -13B -132B -N
FF -942
FG -943
MFS -12E -122A -N
MFS -12E -132C -N
MFS -13 -132B -N
MFS -13B -132C -N
FF -943
MFS -10-122A
MFS -12E -1228-N
MFS -12 -143A -N
MFS -13 -132C -N
MFS -14 -122A -N
FF -944
MFS -10 -143A -N
MFS -12E -122C -N
MFS -12E -143A -N
MFS -13 -143A -N
MFS -14 -124A -N
FF -961
MFS -10 -144A -N
MFS -12 -124A -N
MFS -12 -144A -N
MFS -13 -144A -N
MFS -14 -143A -N
FF -966
MFS -12 -122A -N
MFS -12-1328-N
MFS -13 -122A -N
MFS -13B -122B -N
MFS -14 -144A -N
Rear Drive Single Axles — 5/750/P&L
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem
Axles — 5/750/P&L
RS -19-144/145/A
RS -21-145
RS -23-160
RT-34-144/P/A
MA -40-165
MT-40-14XHE
MS -19-14X
RS -21-160
RS -23-161
RT -40-145/A
MA -40-175
MT -40-144/P
MS -21-144
MS -23-17X
RS -23-186
RT -40-160/P'.2
MT-34-14X/P
MT -40-943
RT -46-160/P',2
MT-40-14T/P
MT -40 -943 -SP
RT-46-164EH/P1,2
MT-40-14X/P
RZ-1662
Drivelines
RT -50-160/P'.2
MT-40-14X/P
RZ-188
RPL
MXL
155N
92N
5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L ' These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration.
3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR)
1/Unl/P approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis
number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for
1/Unl/P further details.
11-198
LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION
Brake Components
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes
5/500/P, 1/100/L
Q+ Drum Brake T"
5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L
ASA
5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel -end Components
1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes
1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes
1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake T"" 12 -Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+Air Disc Brake T"
5/500/P, 1/Unl/L
EX+Air Disc Brake Extended Standard Warranty'
5/500/P&L
' Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear
coverage of
3/500/P&L.
Height Control Valve
2 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
Shock Absorbers
' Applies only to MA761 friction material code CD brake assembly i.e.
EX225LXXXCDXXX
2/200/P, 1/100/L
Trailer Axles
Beam and Brackets 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Wheel End Systems'
Standard System' 1/100/P&L
Preset by Meritor' 5/500/P&L
AxlePak5" 5P/L
AxlePak75 7P/L
Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual
inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage.
2 When installed by Meritor.
' Requires approved hubcap stating PreSet by Meritor on hubcap face.
" When specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and
stator is 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L.
s When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee
and stator is 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L.
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate
product warranties.)
TAG/Pusher Axles'
TO, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 5/750/P&L
' For brake components and ABS Coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.
Meritor Tire Inflation System
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Trailer Air Suspension Systems
MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)'
Major Structural Components
5/500/P, 1/100/L
Curbing Damage Warranty'
5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve
1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers
2/200/P&L
Air Springs
2/200/P, 1/100/L
Bushings
5/P, 3/L
PinLoc Air Controls
1/100/P&L
PinLoc Actuator
3/300/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components
5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve
1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers
2/200/P&L
Air Springs
2/200/P, 1/100/L
Bushings
5/P, 3/L
MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components
5/5000, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve
1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers
2/200/P&L
Air Springs & Rebound Straps
2/200/P, 1/100/L
Bushings
5/500/P, 3/300/L
' Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Meritor
(For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
2 "Curbing damage" is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage),
caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the
RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame
rails, crossmembers, and central A -frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer
impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage.
Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another
vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not
transferrable to another trailer VIN, and coverage does not apply if the trailer
is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped, or otherwise not salvageable.
GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
General Service Vehicles
■ Auto Hauler ■ Intercity Coach
■ Pipe Hauler
■ Tanker Trailer
■ Beverage Truck ■ Intermodal Chassis
■ Platform Auto Hauler
■ Tour Bus
■ Chip Hauler ■ Livestock Hauler
■ Rear Engine Integral Coach ■ Wrecker
■ Cross Country Coach ■ Meat Packer
■ Recreational Vehicles
MPT -510
■ Flatbed ■ Moving Van
■ Refrigerated Freight
MPT -185
■ Front Engine Commercial Chassis ■ Municipal Truck
■ School Bus
MPT -170
i Front Engine Integral Coach ■ Newspaper Delivery
■ Stake Truck
■ General Freight ■ Pick -Up and Delivery
■Tanker
General Service Typically Is
Coverage
under Mentor's warranty require that the application of products be
■ Lower mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) properly approved
pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP -9441 for
■ Generally, on -road service (less than 10% off-road) axles, SP -8320 for trailer axles, TP -12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor
■ An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping regarding
specific application approval
questions on any product line.
Front Non -Drive Steer Axles — 2/Unl/P&L
FD -965 FL -943 MFS -8-1638-N
MFS -12E -132B -N
MFS -13 -132C -N MFS -16 -143A -N
FF -941 MFS -6 -151A -N MFS -10-122A
MFS -12 -132C -N
MFS -13B -132B -N MFS -18 -133A -N
FF -942 MFS -6-1538-N MFS -10 -143A -N
MFS -12E -132C -N
MFS -13B -132C -N MFS -18 -135A -N
FF -943 MFS -6 -162B -N MFS -10 -144A -N
MFS -12 -143A -N
MFS -13 -143A -N MFS -18 -193A -N
FF -944 MFS -6 -153C -N MFS -12 -122A -N
MFS -12 -144A -N
MFS -13 -144A -N MFS -20 -133A -N
FF -946 MFS -6 -162C -N MFS -12E -122A -N
MFS -12E -143A -N
MFS -14 -122A -N MFS -20 -135A -N
FF -961 MFS -7 -113C -N MFS -12 -122B -N
MFS -13 -122A -N
MFS -14 -124A -N MFS -20 -192A -N
FF -966 MFS -7 -153C -N MFS -12E -1228-N
MFS -13-1228-N
MFS -14 -143A -N MFS -20 -193A -N
FF -967 MFS -7 -163C -N MFS -12 -122C -N
MFS -13B -122B -N
MFS -14 -144A -N MFS -22 -135A -N
FG -941 MFS -8-1138-N MFS -12E -122C -N
MFS -13 -122C -N
MFS -16 -122A -N MFS -22H -135A -N
FH -941 MFS -8 -143A -N MFS -12 -124A -N
MFS -13B -122C -N
MFS -16 -133A -N MFS -22 -193A -N
FH -946' MFS -8-1538-N MFS -12 -132B -N
MFS -13-1328-N
MFS -16 -135A -N MFS -22H -193A -N
FL -941
Can also be used with reduced steer angles in tag position in Coach Applications.
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem -
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles — 1/Unl/P&L
3/Unl/P&L
MX -08 -130 -FV (FSD-08A) MX -16 -130 -FV (FSD-16A) MX -21 -130
-SD (SDA -2100)
RT -40-160/P RT -50-160/P
MX -10 -130 -FV (FSD-10A) MX -18 -130 -FV (FSD-18A) MX -23 -130
-FV (FSD-23A)
RT -46-160/P RZ-166
MX -12 -130 -FV (FSD-12A) MX -18 -130 -SD (SDA -1800) MX -23 -130
-SD (SDA -2300)
RT-46-164EH/P
MX -13 -130 -FV (FSD-13A) MX -20 -130 -FV (FSD-20A) MX -29 -130
-FV (FSD-29A)
MX -14 -130 -FV (FSD-14A) MX -21 -130 -FV (FSD-21A)
Rear Drive Axles — 1/Unl/P&L
Rear Drive Single Axles — 2/Unl/P&L
11170 RND-14H
523 RND-16A
MS -17-13X MS -21-14X RC -23-160 RS -24-160
MS -30 -616 -SP
MS -17-14X MS -21-144 RC -23-161 RC -25-160
RS -35-380
Drivelines
MS -19-13X MS -23-17X RC -23-162' RS -26-185
71162
MS -19-14X RS -21-145/A RC -23-1651 MS -26-616
71163
RPL 4/400/P,1/Unl/P&L
RS -17-144/145/A RS -21-160 RS -23-160 MS -26 -616 -SP
79163
MXL 3/350/P,1/Unl/P&L
RS -19-144/145/A RC -22-145 RS -23-161 RS -30-185
155N 1/Unl/P
MS -21-13X RC -22-145/A RS -23-186 MS -30-616
92N 1/Unl/P
3/Unl/P&L if Preset by Meritor.
Transmission — 1/Unl/P&L
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles — 2/Unl/P&L
516 FAT 30
MT-34-14X/P
MT-40-14XHE
RT-34-144/P/A
MT -40-144/P
MT-40-14T/P
RT -40-145/A
MT-40-14X/P
MT-44-14X/P
RT -44-145/P MT -58-616
RT -46-169 RT -58-1851
MT -52-616 MT -70-380
RT -52-1851 RZ-188
Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved
by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN.
Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.
PTO — 1/Unl/P&L
MPT -318
MPT -526
MPT -1702
MPT -500
MPT -531
MPT -175
MPT -510
MPT -543
MPT -185
MPT -518
MPT -170
MPT -190
11-200
GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
Brake Components
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes
3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Cam P3
2/200/P
Cam
3/1.1nl/P
Q+ Drum Brake TM
3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake TM'
2/200/P&L
ASA
3/ M&
ASA'
2/200/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel -end Components
1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes
1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes
1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum BrakeTM2 12 -Years
or Wearable Life/P
EX+ Air Disc BrakeTM
2/Unl/P&L
' Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/Unl/P.
' Based on stamped wear diameter max.
3 Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only.
Trailer Axles
Beam and Brackets' 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems'
Standard System' 1/Unl/P&L
AXIePak51 5/P&L
AxlePak71 7/P&L
' 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
: Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual
inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage.
3 When installed by Meritor.
° When specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and
stator is 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L.
s When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee
and stator is 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L.
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate
product warranties.)
Chassis Axles (2000 Series/ChassiPak)
Beam & Brackets 6/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems'
Standard System 1/Unl/P&L
AxlePak7 7/P&L
Beam and Brackets 7/P, 1/L
Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual
inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage.
Trailer Air Suspension Systems
MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)'
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Curbing Damage Warranty' 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P, 3/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/Unl/P&L
PinLoc Air Actuator 3/Unl/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P, 3/L
MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Bushings' 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L
(For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
' Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Meritor
' "Curbing damage" is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage),
caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the
RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame
rails, crossmembers, and central A -frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer
impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage.
Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another
vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not
transferrable to another trailer VIN, and coverage does not apply if the trailer
is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped, or otherwise not salvageable.
3 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
TAG/Pusher Axles
TO, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets' 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
MC14002, MC16003, FH946 2/Unl/P&L
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate
product warranties.)
' 3/Unl/P&L if sold with Preset by Meritor.
Meritor° Tire Inflation System
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
11-201
HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle
■ Airport Rescue Fire Fighting
(ARFF)
■ Airport Shuttle*
■ Asphalt Truck
■ Block Truck
■ Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
■ Cementing Vehicle
■ Commercial Pick -Up
■ Concrete Pumper
■ Construction Material Hauler
■ Mixer
■ Demolition
■ Drill Rig
*Commercial chassis only
■ Dump
■ Equipment Hauling
■ Flatbed Trailer Hauler
■ Flatbed Truck
■ Fracturing Truck
■ Front Loader
■ Geophysical Exploration
■ Hopper Trailer Combinations
■ Landscaping Truck
■ Liquid Waste Hauler
■ Log Hauling
■ Lowboy
■ Michigan Special Gravel Trains
■ Michigan Special Log Hauler
■ Michigan Special Steel Hauler
■ Michigan Special Waste Vehicle
■ Municipal Dump
■ Rear Loader (Refuse)
■ Recycling Truck
■ Residential Pick -Up (Refuse)
■ Rigging Truck
■ Roll -Off
■ Scrap Truck
■Semi -End Dump
■ Sewer/Septic Vacuum
■ Shuttle Bus*
■Side Loader
■ Snowplow/Snowblower
■ Steel Hauling
■Tanker
■Tank Truck
■ Tractors with Pole Trailers
■ Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
■ Transfer Dump
■ Transfer Vehicle
■ Utility Truck
■ Winch Truck
Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle Typically Is
MX -16 -130 -FV (FSD-16A) MX -21 -130 -SD (SDA -2100)
11170
RND-14H
MX -10 -130 -FV (FSD-10A)
MX -18 -130 -FV (FSD-18A) MX -23 -130 -FV (FSD-23A)
Coverage under Meritor's warranty require that the application of products
operation
■Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year)
(l
ModerOn/Of
be properly approved
pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to
■ road vocations % more off-road)
TP -9441 for axles, SP -8320 for trailer axles, TP -12126 for drivelines, and/
■ Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile)
or contact Meritor regarding specific
application approval
questions on any
MX -14 -130 -FV (FSD-14A)
product line.
RPL
3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/P&L
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles — 2/Unl/P&L
92N
1/Unl/P&L
Rear Drive Single
FD -965 FL -941 MFS -10 -143A -N
MFS -12 -143A -N
MFS -13 -144A -N
MFS -18 -193A -N
MX -12-120
FF -941 FL -943 MFS -10 -144A -N
MFS -12 -144A -N
MFS -13-155
MFS -20 -133A -N
MX -12-120 EVO
FF -942 MFS -6 -151A -N MFS -12-122
MFS -12-155
MFS -14-122
MFS -20 -135A -N
MX -14-120
FF -943 MFS -6-1538 MFS -12E-122
MFS -13-122
MFS -14 -124A -N
MFS -20 -192A -N
MX -16-120
FF -944 MFS -6-162B MFS -12 -122B -N
MFS -13-1228-N
MFS -14 -143A -N
MFS -20 -193A -N
MX -18-120
FF -946 MFS -6-162C MFS -12E -122B -N
MFS -13B -122B -N
MFS -14 -144A -N
MFS -22 -135A -N
MX -17-140
FF -961 MFS -7 -113C -N MFS -12 -122C -N
MFS -13 -122C -N
MFS -16 -122A -N
MFS -22H -135A -N
MX -19-140
FF -966 MFS -7 -153C -N MFS -12E -122C -N
MFS -13B -122C -N
MFS -16 -133A -N
MFS -22 -193A -N
MX -21-140
FF -967 MFS -7 -163C -N MFS -12 -124A -N
MFS -13 -132B -N
MFS -16 -135A -N
MFS -22H -193A -N
MX -21-160
FG -941 MFS -8 -113B -N MFS -12-1328-N
MFS -13B -1328-N
MFS -16 -143A -N
RF -16-145
MX -23-160
FG -943 MFS -8-1538-N MFS -12E -1328-N
MFS -13 -132C -N
MFS -18 -133A -N
RF -21-160
MX -810
FH -941 MFS -8 -163B -N MFS -12 -132C -N
MFS -13B -132C -N
MFS -18 -135A -N
MX -10-120
FH -946 MFS -10-122A MFS -12E -132C -N
MFS -13 -143A -N
MFS -18 -192A -N
MX -10-120 EVO
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles — 1/Unl/P&L Rear Drive Axles — 1/Unl/P&L
MX -08 -130 -FV (FSD-08A)
MX -16 -130 -FV (FSD-16A) MX -21 -130 -SD (SDA -2100)
11170
RND-14H
MX -10 -130 -FV (FSD-10A)
MX -18 -130 -FV (FSD-18A) MX -23 -130 -FV (FSD-23A)
523
RND-16A
MX -12 -130 -FV (FSD-12A)
MX -18 -130 -SD (SDA -1800) MX -23 -130 -SD (SDA -2300)
Drivelines
MX -13 -130 -FV (FSD-13A)
MX -20 -130 -FV (FSD-20A) MX -29 -130 -FV (FSD-29A)
MX -14 -130 -FV (FSD-14A)
MX -21 -130 -FV (FSD-21A)
RPL
3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/P&L
92N
1/Unl/P&L
Rear Drive Single
Axles — 2/Unl/P&L
MXL
1/Unl/P&L
Transmission — 1/Unl/P&L
MS -17-14X
RS -21-160 RS -24-160 MS -35-380
RS -17-144/145/A
RC -22-145 RS -25-160 RS -38-380
516
MS -19-14X
RC -23-160 MS -26-616 RC -25-160
FAT 30
RS -19-144
RH-23-160 MS -26 -616 -SP RC -26-633
PTO — 1/Unl/P&L
MS -21-114
RS -23-160 RS -26-185/380 MT -58-616
MS -21-14X
RC -23-161 MS -30-616 MT -58 -616 -SP
MPT -318
MPT -526 MPT -1702
RS -21-145
RS -23-161 MS -30 -616 -SP
MPT -500
MPT -531 MPT -175
RS -21-145/A
RS -23-186/380 RS -30-185/380
MPT -510
MPT -543 MPT -185
MPT -518
MPT -170 MPT -190
11-202
HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles - 2/Unl/P&L
MT-34-14X/P
RT -44-145/P
RT -52-185/38012 MT -70-380
RT-34-144/P/A
RT -46-169
MT -58-616 RZ-188
MT-40-14X/P
RT -58-160
MT -58 -616 -SP
RT -40-145/A
MT -52-616
RT -58-185/38012
MT-44-14X/P
MT -52 -616 -SP
RT -70-380
' Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details.
2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN.
Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.
Brake Components
Cam P
3/Unl/P
Cam P'
2/100/P
Cam Cast PIusTM
2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum BrakeTM
3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum BrakeTN12
2/100/P&L
ASA
3/Unl/P
ASA2
2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and
MGX-536
Other Wheel -end
MGX-487
Components
1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes
1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes
1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake
2/100/P&L
' Based on stamped wear diameter max.
MGX-545
2 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus
and Airport
Shuttle only.
' Warranty for all non -Meritor ASAs supplied
by
Meritor for all Heavy Service vocations
is 1/100/P.
Gearboxes - 1/UnUP&L
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem -
3/UnUP&L
RT-40-160/P/A'
RT-46-160/P/A''
RT-46-164EH/P/A2,'
RT-50-160/P/A'
RZ-166
U.S. only. Canadian warranty = 1/Unl/P for
combination vehicles only.
2 Axle model designated will vary according to options
and variations specified on these axles. Contact
Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details.
' Each vehicle must have a Request for Application
Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior
to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis
number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter
#303 and #396 for further details.
Meritor Tire Inflation System
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Trailer Air Suspension Systems
MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components' 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Bushings' 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L
' Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
(For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate
product warranties.)
Trailer Axles
Beam and Brackets' 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems2
Standard System' 1/Unl/P&L
9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L.
z Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all
systems require annual inspections and proper
documentation to ensure full coverage.
' When installed by Meritor.
(For brake components and ABS coverage,
refer to appropriate product warranties.)
MGX-240 MGX-376
MGX-448
MGX-506
MGX-528 MGX-546
MGX-279 MGX-377
MGX-456
MGX-514
MGX-533 MGX-550
MGX-279D MGX-378
MGX-478
MGX-519
MGX-534
MGX-280 MGX-380
MGX-480
MGX-520
MGX-536
MGX-285 MGX-384
MGX-487
MGX-522
MGX-537
MGX-292 MGX-402
MGX-488
MGX-524
MGX-541
MGX-314 MGX-413
MGX-505
MGX-527
MGX-545
Transfer Cases - MOP
MTC -4213
MTC-3118-CV(358)
MTC -3209 -GV (RTC -60/420)
MTC -4210
MTC -3120 -FV (TC -143)
MTC -3209 -GV (RTC -60/380)
MTC -4208
MTC -3124 (T-2119)
MTC -3209 -GV (MTC -60/420)
MTC -4206 -FV (TC -38)
MTC -3205 -GV (MTC -25/247)
MTC -3209 -GV (MTC -60/380)
MTC -3106 -FV (TC -137)
MTC -3205 -GV (MTC -25/350)
MTC -3212 -CV (315 & 548B)
MTC -3111 (T-2111)
MTC -3205 -GV (RTC -25/350)
MTC -3312 -FV (TC -270)
MTC -3112 -CV (529 & 548C)
MTC -3206 -FV (TC -237)
MTC -3220 -FC (TC -142)
MTC -3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3206-CS(544)
MTC-2212-CV(306)
MTC -3118 -FV (TC -180 & TC -180-23)
MTC -3208 -GV (RTC -50)
11-203
FIRE AND EMERGENCY WARRANTY INFORMATION
Fire and Emergency Vehicles
■Aerial Ladder Truck ■Pumper
■Aerial Platform ■ Rapid Intervention Vehicle (RIV)
■ Ambulance ■ Tanker
■ Command Vehicle
■ Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
Fire and Emergency Typically Is Coverage under Meritor's warranty require that the application of products be
■ Lower mileage operations (less than 20,000 miles/year) properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP -9441 for
■ Generally, on -road service (less than 10% off-road) axles, TP -12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific
■ An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping application approval questions on any product line.
Front Non -Drive Steer Axles — 5/Unl/P&L
FL -941
MFS -18 -193A -N
MFS -22 -135A -N
FL -943
MFS -20 -133A -N
MFS -22H -135A -N
MFS -18 -133A -N
MFS -20 -135A -N
MFS -22 -193A -N
MFS -18 -135A -N
MFS -20 -193A -N
MFS -22H -193A -N
Front Drive Steer Axles — 2/Unl/P&L
MX -19140 MX -21160 MX -23810
MX -21140 MX -23160
Rear Drive Single Axles — 5/Unl/P&L
RC -23-160 RS -23-186 RS -26-185 RS -25-160
RS -23-160 RS -24-160 RS -30-185
RS -23-161 RC -25-160 RS -35-380
' 3/Unl/P&L if Preset by Meritor.
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles — 5/Unl/P&L
MT-40-14X/P RT -44-145/P MT -52-616
MT -40-144/P RT -46-160/P RT -52-185'
RT -40-145/A RT-46-164EH/P MT -58-616
RT -40-160/P RT -46-169 RT -58-1851
MT-44-14X/P RT -50-160/P MT -70-380
Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR)
approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis
number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further
details.
Brake Components
Cam
3/Un I/P
Q+ Drum BrakeTM
3/Unl/P&L
ASA
3/U n I/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel -end Components
1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes
1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes
1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc BrakeTM
2/Unl/P&L
' Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage
of NUN.
Drivelines
RPL 4/400/P, 1/Unl/L
MXL 3/350/1', 1/Unl/L
155N 1/Unl/P
92N 1/Unl/P
Transfer Cases — 1/Unl/P
MTC -4208 MTC -3111 (T-2111)
MTC -4210 MTC -3116 (T-2111)
MTC -4213 MTC -3124 (T-2119)
9
11-204
TRANSIT BUS WARRANTY INFORMATION
Transit Bus Vehicles
■ Airport Shuttle ■ Shuttle Bus
■ City Bus ■ Transit Bus
■ Commuter Coach ■ Trolley
Transit Bus Typically Is Coverage under Meritor's warranty require that the application of products
be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-
■ Moderate mileage operation (less than 50,000 miles per year) 9441 for axles, TP -12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding
■ Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) specific application approval questions on any product line.
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles — 5/300/P&L
FH -946 MFS -12-155
FH -941' MFS -13-155
' Commuter coach only — 2/Unl/P&L
Rear Drive Single Axles — 5/300/P&L
RS -23-160 79163 RS -21-160
RC -23-161 RC -23-162'
71163 RC -23-165'
' Commuter coach only — 2/Unl/P&L
Brake Components
Cam Cast PIusTM
2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum BrakeTMI
2/100/P&L
ASA'
2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and
Other Wheel -end
Components
1/UnI/P
All Other Brakes
1/UnI/P
EX+Air Disc Brake
2/100/P&L
Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport
Shuttle only.
Drivelines
RPL 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
Tag Axles — 2/Unl/P&L
MC -14002
MC -16003
FH -946
Center Non -drive Axles — 5/300/P&L
MC -26000
71063
79063
10
11-205
OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY
INFORMATION
Industrial And Off -Highway Service Vehicles
■ Load-On/Load-Off ■ Yard Jockey
■ Specialized Mining ■ Rail Car Mover
■ Port Tractor ■ All -Terrain Crane
■ Excavator ■ Loader
■ Rail Yard Spotter ■ Rough Terrain Crane
■ Compactor ■ Tow Tractor
■ Roll-On/Roll-Off ■ Forestry
■ Fertilizer Spreader ■ Pushback Tractor
■ Stevedoring Tractor ■ Material Handling
■ Snow Blower
■ Trailer Spotter ■ Specialized Heavy Haul
■ Mining
Industrial And Off -Highway Service Typically
Is
■ Low mileage operation
Coverage under Meritor's warranty require that the application of products he
■ Low speed vehicle speed restriction
properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Contact Meritor regarding
■ Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
specific application approval questions on any product line.
■ Six (6) starts/stops per mile (typical)
MFS -20
Front Non -Drive Steer Axles — 1/Un1/P
FF - 941
MFS
-12
-144A -N
MFS -18 -193A -N
FF -943
MFS
-13
-143A -N
MFS
-20 -133A -N
FF -961
MFS
-13
-144A -N
MFS -20
-135A -N
FF -966
MFS
-14
-143A -N
MFS -20
-192A -N
FG -941
MFS
-16
-122A -N
MFS -20
-193A -N
FG - 943
MFS
-16
-133A -N
MFS -22
-135A -N
FL -941
MFS
-16
-135A -N
MFS -22H
-135A -N
FL- 943
MFS -16
MGX-537
-143A -N
MFS -22
-193A -N
FN - 951
MFS -18
MGX-488
-133A -N
MFS -22H
-193A -N
MFS -12 -143A -N
MFS -18
-135A -N
MON-ZO
FAMILY
Gearboxes — 1/Unl/P&L
Drivelines — 1/Unl/P
RPL MXL
Brake Components
Cam P
Q+ Drum Brake TM
ASA
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel -end Components
Hydraulic Disc Brakes
All Other Brakes
Planetary Axles — 1/Unl/P
MOB
MOF
MOS
MOC
MOG
MOT
MOD
MOH
MOX
MOE
MOR
MOY
MGX-240
-4213
MGX-376
-3116 (T-2111)
MGX-448
-GV (RTC
MGX-506
MGX-528
-4210
MGX-279
-3118 -FV (TC -180 & TC -180-23)
MGX-377
MGX-456
MGX-514
MGX-533
MTC-3118-CV(358)
MGX-279D
MTC-3206-CS(544)
MGX-378
MGX-478
MTC
MGX-519
MGX-534
MTC
MGX-280
-GV (RTC -50)
MGX-380
MTC-3106-FV(TC-137)
MGX-480
MTC
MGX-520
MGX-536
MGX-285
MTC
MGX-384
MTC
MGX-487
-GV (RTC -60/380)
MGX-522
MGX-537
-3112 -CV (529 & 548C)
MGX-292
-GV (MTC -25/350)
MGX-402
-3209
MGX-488
-60/420)
MGX-524
MGX-541
MGX-314
MGX-413
MGX-505
MGX-527
MGX-545
Transfer Cases — 1/Unl/P
MTC
-4213
MTC
-3116 (T-2111)
MTC -3205
-GV (RTC
-25/350)
MTC
-4210
MTC
-3118 -FV (TC -180 & TC -180-23)
MTC-3206-FV(TC-237)
MTC
-4208
MTC-3118-CV(358)
MTC-3206-CS(544)
MTC
-4206 -FV (TC -38)
MTC -3120 -FV (TC -143)
MTC
-3208
-GV (RTC -50)
MTC-3106-FV(TC-137)
MTC
-3124 (T-2119)
MTC -3209 -GV (RTC -60/420)
MTC -3111 (T-2111)
MTC
-3205 -GV (MTC -25/247)
MTC
-3209
-GV (RTC -60/380)
MTC
-3112 -CV (529 & 548C)
MTC -3205
-GV (MTC -25/350)
MTC
-3209
-GV (MTC
-60/420)
MOZ
MGX-546
MGX-550
3/U n IN
3/Unl/P&L
3/U n I/P
1/U n I/P
1/U n I/P
1/U n I/P
MTC -3209 -GV (MTC -60/380)
MTC -3212 -CV (315 & 548B)
MTC-3312-FV(TC-210)
MTC-3220-FC(TC-142)
MTC-2212-CV(306)
11
11-206
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Coverage Exclusions
Product Description
All
The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered
component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use
or installation of non -genuine Meritor components or materials;
(3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or
misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage
resulting from corrosion.
For axle assemblies supplied by Meritor with suspension and in-
terface brackets designed and/or attached by non -Meritor parties,
Meritor warranty coverage does not apply to the brackets, bracket
attachment methods, and field issues caused by brackets or
bracket attachments to any covered component unless specified
in a separate OEM agreement.
Front Axles
King Pin Bushings.
Rear Axles
Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of
NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts
from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton.
ASA
Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over -torqued, missing or
otherwise damaged pawl assemblies.
Cam Brake
Brake lining wear and brake shoe "rust -jacking."
Disc Brake
Pad wear, rotor wear.
Coverage Limitations
Product Description
All
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted
or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on
an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited
miles parts only (1/Unl/P).
Front Axles
Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or
published vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals,
gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles
if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor.
Rear Axles
Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3-year/300,000-mile
or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is
installed by Meritor. If yoke is not installed by Meritor, then
Meritor does not warrant pinion seals. Wheel seals, gaskets and
wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the
wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor.
Rear Axles
The Meritor° breather part number A -2297-C-8765 with
A-3196-1-1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential
warranty consideration relating to contamination and/or loss
of lube in axles.
Cam Brake
Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity.
STEELite X30
Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum.
Disc Brake
Warranty coverage for boots, seals, bushings and pins is 2/200/P.
Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.
Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 Ib -ft engine torque and
over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact
your Meritor representative for specific details.
12
11-207
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC warrants to the owner ("Owner")
that the components listed in this publication, which have been
installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer ("OEM") as original
equipment in vehicles licensed for on -highway use, will be free from
defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins
only after the expiration of the OEM's vehicle warranty for the applicable
covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the
applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first
Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first.
Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed
elsewhere in this warranty statement.
Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must
pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the
component. Other components are warranted for both parts and
reasonable laborto repair or replace the subject component.
Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as
replacements underthis warranty are warranted only forthe remainder
of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty.
For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific
extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information
about lubrication and maintenance, see Meritor publication
Maintenance Manual Number I and the applicable Meritor
maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions
and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below.
(2) Designation of Vocational Use Required.
To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Meritor through
the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational
use of the vehicle into which the Meritor components have been
incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date. This notification
may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new
truck and/or trailer dealer or with Meritor directly. Failure to
notify Meritor of (1) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II)
a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated,
will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts
only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date.
A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Meritor
as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can
be sent directly to Meritor or through the OEM new truck and/or trailer
dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot
exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial
designation of vocational use.
Coverage under Meritor's warranty requires that the application of
products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor
approvals. Refer to TP -9441 for axles, SP -8320 for trailer axles,
TP -12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.
(3) What is the Cost of this Warranty?
There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty?
This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover
a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (1)
improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including
the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in
the vehicle's configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was
originally approved by Meritor), (11) accident, natural disaster, abuse,
or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum
vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the
axle and/or driveline capacity), or (III) improper or insufficient
maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change
intervals, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component
or part that is not branded by Meritor. For vehicles that operate full
or part time outside of the United States and Canada, a one year,
unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) will apply.
(5) Remedy.
The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or
replacement of the defective component at Meritor's option. Meritor
reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are
available and/or returned to Meritor for review and evaluation.
(6) Disclaimer of Warranty.
THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES
OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING
ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(7) Limitation of Remedies.
In no event shall Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect,
or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory,
including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity,
cargo damage, taxes, or any other losses or costs resulting from a
defective covered component.
(8) To Obtain Service.
If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect
in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to
either Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To
obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM
new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Meritor service location.
The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Meritorfor an evalu-
ation of the claim. When authorized by Meritor, the dealer will repair
or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Meritor
component covered by this warranty.
(9) Entire Agreement.
This is the entire agreement between Meritor and the Owner about
warranty and no Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any
additional warranty on behalf of Meritor. This agreement allocates the
responsibilities for component failure between Meritor and the Owner.
Product models, brands, names and trademarks depicted herein are the property of their respective owners and, except where otherwise indicated, are not in anyway associated with
Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC, or any parent or affiliate, thereof.
AERITOR
Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC For more information: 02018 Meritor, Inc.
2135 West Maple Road call Ontrac at 866-668-7221 Litho in USA, SP -95155
Troy, Michigan 48084 USA or visit meritor.com Revised 1-19 (47865/11900)
11-208
EXHIBIT D
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS — VENDORS
1. Provision of Insurance. Without limiting Vendor's indemnification of City, and prior
to commencement of work, Vendor shall obtain, provide and maintain at its own
expense during the term of this Agreement, policies of insurance of the type and
amounts described below and in a form satisfactory to City. Contractor agrees to
provide insurance in accordance with requirements set forth here. If Contractor
uses existing coverage to comply and that coverage does not meet these
requirements, Contractor agrees to amend, supplement or endorse the existing
coverage.
2. Acceptable Insurers. All insurance policies shall be issued by an insurance
company currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact
business of insurance in the State of California, with an assigned policyholders'
Rating of A- (or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VII (or larger) in
accordance with the latest edition of Best's Key Rating Guide, unless otherwise
approved by the City's Risk Manager.
3. Coverage Requirements.
A. Workers' Compensation Insurance. Vendor shall maintain Workers'
Compensation Insurance, statutory limits, and Employer's Liability Insurance
with limits of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) each accident for bodily
injury by accident and each employee for bodily injury by disease in accordance
with the laws of the State of California, Section 3700 of the Labor Code.
Vendor shall submit to City, along with the certificate of insurance, a Waiver of
Subrogation endorsement in favor of City, its officers, agents, employees and
volunteers.
B. General Liability Insurance. Vendor shall maintain commercial general liability
insurance, and if necessary umbrella liability insurance, with coverage at least
as broad as provided by Insurance Services Office form CG 00 01, in an
amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence, two
million dollars ($2,000,000) general aggregate. The policy shall cover liability
arising from premises, operations, products -completed operations, personal
and advertising injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract
(including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract) with no
endorsement or modification limiting the scope of coverage for liability assumed
under a contract.
C. Automobile Liability Insurance. Vendor shall maintain automobile insurance at
least as broad as Insurance Services Office form CA 00 01 covering bodily
injury and property damage for all activities of the Vendor arising out of or in
connection with Work to be performed under this Agreement, including
coverage for any owned, hired, non -owned or rented vehicles, in an amount
not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit each
accident.
South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page D-1
11-209
4. Other Insurance Requirements. The policies are to contain, or be endorsed to
contain, the following provisions:
A. Waiver of Subrogation. All insurance coverage maintained or procured
pursuant to this agreement shall be endorsed to waive subrogation against
City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees and
volunteers or shall specifically allow Vendor or others providing insurance
evidence in compliance with these requirements to waive their right of recovery
prior to a loss. Vendor hereby waives its own right of recovery against City, and
shall require similar written express waivers from each of its subcontractors.
B. Additional Insured Status. All liability policies including general liability,
excess liability, pollution liability, and automobile liability, but not including
professional liability, shall provide or be endorsed to provide that City and its
officers, officials, employees, and agents shall be included as insureds under
such policies.
C. Primary and Non Contributory. All liability coverage shall apply on a primary
basis and shall not require contribution from any insurance or self-insurance
maintained by City.
D. Notice of Cancellation. All policies shall provide City with thirty (30) days notice
of cancellation (except for nonpayment for which ten (10) days notice is
required) or nonrenewal of coverage for each required coverage.
5. Additional Agreements Between the Parties. The Parties hereby agree to the
following:
A. Evidence of Insurance. Vendor shall provide certificates of insurance to City as
evidence of the insurance coverage required herein, along with a waiver of
subrogation endorsement for workers' compensation and other endorsements
as specified herein for each coverage. Insurance certificates and endorsement
must be approved by City's Risk Manager prior to commencement of
performance. Current certification of insurance shall be kept on file with City at
all times during the term of this contract. City reserves the right to require
complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time.
B. City's Right to Revise Requirements. The City reserves the right at any time
during the term of the contract to change the amounts and types of insurance
required by giving the Vendor sixty (60) days advance written notice of such
change. If such change results in substantial additional cost to the Vendor, the
City and Vendor may renegotiate Contractor's compensation.
C. Enforcement of Contract Provisions. Vendor acknowledges and agrees that
any actual or alleged failure on the part of the City to inform Vendor of non-
compliance with any requirement imposes no additional obligations on the City
nor does it waive any rights hereunder.
D. Requirements not Limiting. Requirements of specific coverage features or
limits contained in this Section are not intended as a limitation on coverage,
limits or other requirements, or a waiver of any coverage normally provided by
any insurance. Specific reference to a given coverage feature is for purposes
South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page D-2
11-210
of clarification only as it pertains to a given issue and is not intended by any
Party or insured to be all inclusive, or to the exclusion of other coverage, or a
waiver of any type.
E. Self-insured Retentions. Any self-insured retentions must be declared to and
approved by City. City reserves the right to require that self-insured retentions
be eliminated, lowered, or replaced by a deductible. Self-insurance will not be
considered to comply with these requirements unless approved by City.
F. City Remedies for Non Compliance If Vendor or any subcontractor fails to
provide and maintain insurance as required herein, then City shall have the
right but not the obligation, to purchase such insurance, to terminate this
agreement, or to suspend Vendor's right to proceed until proper evidence of
insurance is provided. Any amounts paid by City shall, at City's sole option, be
deducted from amounts payable to Vendor or reimbursed by Vendor upon
demand.
G. Timely Notice of Claims. Vendor shall give City prompt and timely notice of
claims made or suits instituted that arise out of or result from Vendor's
performance under this Agreement, and that involve or may involve coverage
under any of the required liability policies.
H. Vendor's Insurance. Vendor shall also procure and maintain, at its own cost
and expense, any additional kinds of insurance, which in its own judgment may
be necessary for its proper protection and prosecution of the Work.
South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page D-3
11-211
EXHIBIT E
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
BOND NO.
FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND
The premium charges on this Bond is $ being
at the rate of $ thousand of the Contract price.
WHEREAS, the City of Newport Beach, State of California, has awarded to South
Coast Fire Equipment Inc., hereinafter designated as the "Principal," a contract for the
manufacturing of One (1) Pierce 107' Tractor -Drawn Aerial Fire Apparatus in strict
conformity with the Contract on file with the office of the City Clerk of the City of Newport
Beach, which is incorporated herein by this reference.
WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute the Contract and the terms
thereof require the furnishing of a Bond for the faithful performance of the Contract.
NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Principal, and
, duly authorized to
transact business under the laws of the State of California as Surety (hereinafter "Surety"),
are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of One Million Four
Hundred Fifty Four Thousand Five Hundred Thirty Seven Dollars and 78/100
($1,454,537.78) lawful money of the United States of America, said sum being equal to
100% of the estimated amount of the Contract, to be paid to the City of Newport Beach, its
successors, and assigns; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves,
our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly
by these present.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal, or the
Principal's heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, fail to abide by, and well
and truly keep and perform any or all the work, covenants, conditions, and agreements in
the Contract Documents and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on its part, to
be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects
according to its true intent and meaning, or fails to indemnify, defend, and save harmless
the City of Newport Beach, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then,
Surety will faithfully perform the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this
Bond; otherwise this obligation shall become null and void.
As a part of the obligation secured hereby, and in addition to the face amount
specified in this Performance Bond, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses
and fees, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred by the City, only in the event the City
is required to bring an action in law or equity against Surety to enforce the obligations of this
Bond.
South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page E-1
11-212
Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time,
alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder
shall in any way affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any
such change, extension of time, alterations or additions of the Contract or to the work or to
the specifications.
This Faithful Performance Bond shall be extended and maintained by the Principal
in full force and effect for one (1) year following the date of formal acceptance of the
Equipment by the City.
In the event that the Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that
the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this
Bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal
and Surety above named, on the day of )2014.
Name of Contractor (Principal)
Name of Surety
Address of Surety
Telephone
Authorized Signature/Title
Authorized Agent Signature
Print Name and Title
NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF
CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED
South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page E-2
11-213
State of California
County of
On
Public, personally appeared
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
F -SIS
before me,
Notary
who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s)
is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they
executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their
signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the
person(s) acted, executed the instrument.
I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the
foregoing paragraph is true and correct.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
Signature (seal)
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
State of California
County of }ss.
On
Public, personally appeared
before me,
Notary
who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s)
is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they
executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their
signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the
person(s) acted, executed the instrument.
I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the
foregoing paragraph is true and correct.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
Signature (seal)
South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page E-3
11-214